Skip to main content

Full text of "Honolulu directory, and Historical sketch of the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands"

See other formats



HN NX6S 3 



SKETCHES 



< > v 



HAWAIIAN IIISTO.KY 



A S I > 





HI l!F ( 



<T/l I) 




1 S71 . 



sirONI) KIMTION 



<\ C. 15 KN N KTT, 

IM'ltl.lSMKH, 

ii I'ou r s rwKKT. iioNoi.ri. 



1 I . 



P' - 



OC73£, 8^69 




jlJarttarti College ILiuraro 

FROM 

AJULi>«kdL<y. 



•H-;4)d:crk.V , 18\V. 



Digitized by Google 




1 



I 

I 



i 



i 



9 



Digitized by Google 



t 



J 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



AND 



HISTORICAL SKETCH 



OF THE 



HAWAIIAN OR SANDWICH ISLANDS. 



BY C. C. BENNETT. 



HONOLULU: 
PRINTED BY C. C. BENNETT, 
PUBLISHES, STATIONER AND NEWS AGENT, 

NO. 44 FORT STREET. 
1889. 



Digitized by Google 



OCT 4 1897 



< 



HISTORICAL SKETCH 

OP THE 

H^W-A.II-A.TV ISLANDS. 



N preparing a new edition of the Honolulu Directory, In order to keep pace 
with the advance of improvement and the changes In our city, it becomes 
necessary to review the history of current events since the publication of our 
first edition in 1869, and to mako such corrections aa are warranted by a 
more mature consideration of the subject 

DISCOVBMT BY QABTANO AM) MEXDANA. 
There has been recent controversy as it recjards the discovery of our group, and 
before proceeding to tha detail of the most prominent events, wo will refer to the 
{ icts which establish conclusively who were the discoverers of the Hawaiian Islands 
In doing this, we do not detract from the Just fane of the great navigator, Captain 
James Cook, whose name will bs ever associated with these Islands, as the first who 
brought a knowledge of them prominently before the ciriliaed world. He merits 
that meed of praise, which the unsocl&l delusiveness of the policy of Spain, denied 
to her adventurous mariners. 

The early Spanish navigators were the pioneers of discovery In the Pacific Ocean. 
Oaeta.io discovered tho Hawaiian L lands in Hend&na laid down the correct 

position of Kauai In 15o7, TheMarqaescs %r;re discovered by Mendanain 1595* 
while Quiros saw Tahiti in 100*. These islcjde were probably often seen by the early 
Spanish navigators, as they were right in the pathway of the gulleons from Acapuleo 
by way of Guam in the Marian Islands to Manilla. The island of nawail, was the 
residence of involuntary Spanish colonist:, before Its 'discovery was made by their 
reticent navigators, at least long before it nas knov.n to the world. In 1527, Hawaii 
received by the misfortune of ehlpwrssk, the fiist secession of European popula- 
tion. In that year, Cortes, the conqueror of Mexico, fitted ont thrco vessels from 
• Zign itlan a port In Blnsloa,"destIned for the Kolueeas. They sailed under the corn- 
man dof Alvaro Saavedra Ceron, and on their arrival in the longitude of Hawaii, and 
about the same parrallel of latitude, they were dispersed by a violent storm, one of 

* In our first edition, we intimated thst Cook was not the discoverer of these 
islands, sines then we have found who were tho right discoverers, which we now 

publUh. 




Digitized by Google 



» HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 

thenfonly reached the'Molueaca,' the other two were never heard of afterwards. 
There la a Hawaiian tradition of two vessels being wrecked on that Island, on« at 
Keel near Kealakeakua, and the other on the coast of Kan near Puna. According to 
the tradition, this event occurred In the reign of Kealilokaloa, a King of Hawaii, 
who reigned the thirteenth sovereign before the accession of Kamehameha 1. If 
we connt about thirty years to a reign, which Is probably the average duration in a 
savage as well &3 a civilized world, we would find the year of 1527, In the reign of 
Kealiiakuloa, a oonoqrrence of circumstantial evidence that goes far to sustain the 
probability that the two galleons of Cortex were stranded on Hawaii. The deoen- 
dant9 of these ship wrecked Spaniards and probably aboriginal Mexicans, can be 
traced in every portion of these Islands, in their lighter complexion and the color of 
their hair. They are called «Au», their central point la In the vicinity of the traditional 
pointe of ship wreck; bat wherever foand on the other islands, if questioned, they 
Infallibly trace their origin to the Island of Hawaii. There are many words in the 
language evidently incorporated from the Spanish, as many habits and customs which 
are similar. 

The Spanish charts of the sixteenth and seventee ith centuries, give the position 
of these islands, with a great approximation to accuracy and name the discoverers. 
The olden English charts, evidently copied from the Spanish, indicate the'same. 
The names indicated on the old Spanish chart aru " La Mesa," (the tableland) " Dcs- 
graclada," (the unfortunate), •« Los Monjos," (themmks) and "LaVecina," (th« 
neighbor). These were not all discovered at the same time by any one navigator, but 
at different times by those above referred to, From the relative position on the older 
maps, La Mesa, was Hawaii, and the name was readily suggested to the early Spanish 
discoverer* by the broad and regular dome of Manna Loa and its high table like 
appearance. Maui, was La Desgraolada, or unfortunate, probably named from some 
imfortunate olrcumstances which happened at the time of disoovery. Los Monjoas, 
or the monks, were very probably Molokal, Lanal and Oahu, for they occupy the exact 
relative position of these island* on the older charts and the Engliah copies. The 
land discovered by Mendana placed much further westward than 4fee others, was 
evidently Kauai and Nilhau. It is more than probable that Captain Cook was ac- 
quainted with the reportod foot of islands near the position of this group before he 
■ailed on his third expedition in the South Pacific Ocean. The discoveries of Oaetano , 
and Mendana were known in the latter part of the sixteenth century, and were 
familiar An England when Captain Cook sailed on his last voyage. In three maps 
accompanying the geographical work of Chart ?s Theodore Middleton, published in 
London 1777, the position of the Hawaiian Islands is laid down with the same 
approxlnate correctness as on the recent charts. The latitude is correct, the longi- 
tude is a little too far east, except Kauai, or the land discovered by Mendana, which 
la marked in the correct position. The Hawaiian Islands were visited by Captain 
Cook In 1778, the alleged dato of the discovery by him. The chart accompanying 
" Anaonf voyages" also had the position of these I -lands laid down on them with an . 
approximation to correctness. The Loudon edition of 1780, has the position deline- 
ated, evidently copied from the chart of Oaetano. 

There are many traditions of foreign vessel* passing these islands before the 
arrival of Captain Cook. In 17«, the Kin* of Oahu in going in a canoe to Moloka 1 
paaaed a ship. Bwts with waits m m h ii freqa mil; laa led on the islands, the crew 
of gna, containing several men, remained and m'xed with the7native inhabita^s- 



t 



Digitized by Go 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 3 

t ' 

Iron nnd its usee were known and there are many other traces Bhowlng a former In- 
tercourse of the natives with others possessing a higher civilization. 

And here • might start a proposition— where did the Hawaiian race originate ! 
The hypothec that tuej came from the western coast of America, is supported by 
such an array of circumstances and probabilities, that the? exclude any other hj- 
pbothesis. 

The winds and ocean currents sets from the American coast directly to the 
Hawaiian Islands, and drift wood Is constantly borne from Oregon aud California 
to these shores. None is borne, or could be borne from any other direction, except 
by way of the Japan current, which unites with the California current near the 
coast, a little north of the latitude of these Islands. 

In physiological and pselycological characteristics the great Nahoa, or Toltec 
family, the civilised race of North America, and the aborigines of the Hawaiian 
Islands are the same. 

Their religions belief, their traditions, their artot feather work, their war weapons 
their dress, domestic implements and many other habits and customs are similar. 

There is anology in the structure of their language, many of the words arc the 
Mime and their method of compulation is similar. Further enquiry and a comparison 
of languages will throw more light upon the subject, although the people of these 
Inlands were evidently separated from the parent stock long ages ogo, before they 
migrated from the Pacific coast snd the valley of the Gils to the table land of Mexico 
and their language as well aB that of the original stock, has undergone many changes 

The Jtora of these Islands bears a greater anology to that of the coast of Slnaloa 
than it does to any of the Pacific Islands, the fauna, although limited, is also analo- 
gous. 

VISITED ST COOK. 

The 18th day of January, 1778, will ever be memorable in the history of the 
Hawaiian Islands. It was to them the begining of a new era, from which dawned the 
light of civilization which Is now illuminating their march of progress. Upon that 
day, Captain James Cook, R.N., in his voyage to discover a northern passage through 
the American continent, first saw these Islands. Ever buoyant with the hope of a 
new adventure, Captain Cook loft Christmas Island on the 2nd of January, with his 
ships the Resolution and Discovery, directing his course due north to strike the American 
continent, on the early dawn of a Sabbath morning, he discovered the island of Oahu 
bearing north east by east. Almost simultaneously he discovered the elevated hill 
to Huupnu on Kauai, bearing north half west Not being able to reach Oahu con- 
veniently, owing to the buflliug eastern winds, he stood for Kauai at eunrisc on the 
morning or the 19th. Not long after he sighted a third Island, Niihan, in the direc- 
tion of west uorth wost. Under a fresh north east wind, he steared for the eastern 
cod of Kauai, and anchored in the road stead of Walmca. 

Tbo natives came off In their canoes, as he sailed along the coast and were mild 
anil peaceable in their deamcanor, exhibiting much curiosity. Although apprehen- 
sive ot first, they speedily acquired confidence and bartered fish and sweet potatoes for 
small jialls and bits of iron, which they seemed to value very highly. Captain Cook 
remarked that the natives exhibited more astonishment than any people be had en- 
countered on his voyages, but they were gentle, friendly and almost wholly uoormed. 



Digitized by Google 



I 

4 HONOL UL U DIRJ-Cton t. 

went ashore at Walmea, and the native* trc ated him with great obedience an<T 
made him many presents. 

The captain watered his ship in the Walmea river, and passed on to the Island of 
Nllhau, where anchoring iu the cove culled Cook's Bey, he bartered with the ua liven 
for yams and fish. 

After a short stay at Niihau, Cook sailed for the North West Coast and returning 
on the 30th of November, 1778, appeared off the coast of Maui, and after some com- 
munication between the ship and the shore, during Which Eamchameha, afterwards 
the conqueror of the entire group, spent a night on board. On the 17th of January-* 
1779, Cook anchored in Kcalakckua Bay, destined to be his grave. The chiefs and 
people were unbounded in tirelf hospitalities towards the strangere, believing them 
to be gods, and actually offered divine honors to Cook. The priests approached him 
whenever be landed, crouching down to the ground, reciting prayers, and going 
through all the forms of their idol worship, concluding by investing him with the 
sacred red tapa, and placing before him offerings of hog, fruit, etc. During his stay 
iu Kealakekua, a period of eighteen days, the people refused any remuneration for 
supplies, but furnished the ship with a profusion of hogs, and the choicest pro- 
ductions of the couutry, and even watered the vessel, by bringing water from long 
distance. 

When, on the 4th of February, the ships put to sea, the people, whose resources 
and services had been Beverly tasked to satisfy the wants and gratify the pleasures 
of their visitors, were as pleased to see them depart as they bad been to welcome 
their arrival. But, after only a days absence, Cook, finding that one of his ma&u 
was defective, returned to the anchorage to repair it His reception was cool, on 
the patt of the people, and now commenced a series of petty thiefts by the natives, 
followed by swift and stern retribution on the part of the foreigners. On the 14th 
Cook desired to get Kalaniopuu, the King, to accompany him on board, with a view, 
it is said, of detaining him as a hostage until restitution should be made for a boat 
which bad been stolen from the Bhip. While the Captain was endeavoring to pur- 
buade the unwilling old King to accompany him, word was brought that a high chief, 
in endeavoring to enter the Bay (which was blockaded by the boats of the ship), had 
been shot aud kilted. The attendants of the King were much enraged, but, says the 
tradition, were restrained because they believed Cook to be a god. Just then, one 
of the chiefs approached Cook with a spear In his hand, and sa} ing that his brother 
had been killed, declared that he would have revenge. Cook Immediately drew a 
pistol and fired upon the man, upon which a scene of confusion ensued. A stone 
was thrown by one of the crowd, which hitting Captain Cook, he shot the man who 
threw it, killing him instantly. Meantime, the Captain was retreating towards the 
shore to regain hie boat, with his drawn sword in his hand. A certain chief, who 
pressed close upon him, he struck with the sword, who thereupon seized the Captain, 
to hold him merely, and in the struggle which ensued, as the foreigner was about to 
fall, he groaned audibly. This at ouce satisfied the people that he was not a god, and 
he was immediately killed by repeated stabs of the pahoa, or dagger. Thus died the 
renowued circumnavigator, Capt James Cook, in the prime of his age and the zenith 
of his fame, a victim to his own overweening confidence in his ability to overawe the 
Hawaiiaos. 8o runs the native tradition of the melancholy affair, and the accounts 
of those attached to the ships do not differ materially. , 

On seeing theirCaptain fall, the men in the boats fired upon the natives, many of 
whom were killed, while the ship fixed round shot upon the people and the town* 



Digitized 6y Google 



JjoyoL UL U DIRECTOR t. 

» 

'The ooi.*e and the deadiy etIUt of the firearms so terrified the islanders that they fled 
inland, taking Cook's body with them, besides those of four mariners who had been 
1. Hied Hi attempting to save the life of their commander. The bodies of these last 
«vrc used as sacrifical burnt ofleriugs to the divinities, while that of Cook, being 
considered as of a higher ordor, Was cut in pieces, and bits of it sent to different parts 
of the island. The boues were carefully divested oT flesh, and kept by the King as 
r Ties, after the fustiion of the country. Ttio natives now seemed to think that they 
had triumphed over the Engftsb, and became very insulting and defiant in their man- 
ner. To give them a sanguiuary toson, an attack on the village waa decided upon 
by Captain Clarke, who succeeded CapL Cook in the command. Accordingly a body 
of marines was landed, and making a vigorous attack, many of the islanders were 
thrill, and their hots burnt to the ground. This bad the effect to cause the King to 
sue for peacu, which was granted only on the condition that the remains of Captain 
Cook should be restored. At length, on the 21st, nearly all the bones of the 
unfortunate commander having neen recovered, they were placed in a coffin, and with 
appropriate ceremonies and lienors, committed to the deep waters of the placid Buy 
of Kealakefcua. 

After the departure of tire ship on the ttth of March, a number or years elapsed 
before any other vessels visited the islands. In 1786, the French navigator, Laperonsc 
who unfortunately lost his life at the hands of the savages of the Navigator's Islands , 
touched at Maui. Subsequently, * number of vessels engaged in the North West 
Coast trade, recruited at these islands ; and at that time begun the ttaftc in sandal- 
wood. From the time of Cook's death until the arrival of Vancouver, in March, 
179*3, the chiefs of the different islands had been involved m war more or less bloody, 
but at the latter date, Kamebamcha had made himself master of the Island o4 ITawaii, 
aud had already aspired to the dominion of the other islands of the group. Vancou- 
vor made three visits to tlKse islands, the second in 1788 awd the feist in 1794. He 
appears to have made a very favourable impression on Komchameha, and presented 
him with some cattle, which he brought from the Coast of California, these were 
the first cattJc seen on the island. Tltey were taubed by the King, and from this 
small bcglning has sprang the immense flocks which in subsequent years covered the 
slopes of the mountains of Hawaii. 

It was AnriBg this visit of Vancouver that the Captain and the astronomer of one 
of his ships were kitted near Waialua, or Oahu. While the boats were filling water 
casks in the river, they imprudently ventured too far into the country and were set 
upon and killed by the natives. 

During the last visit of Vancouver, he was entertained very hospitably by Kameba- 
mcha, who, being then engaged in his ambitious schemes of conquest, was anxious 
to procure arms and ammunition. These however, Vancouver declined to selL But 
he made the King numerous valuable presents, and gave him excellent advice. 
SITUATION, POPULATION, AREA AN2) XE1G&T. 
The Hawaiian Island are situated in North Latitude, between the parallels of 19 
and 21 degrees, and West Longitude 156. They are 2,120 miles from San Francisco 
aud thus, from their situation, on the ocean highway between the already great and 
growing metropolis of the western coast of America and the rich countries of Asia, 
they are now, and must always be, of great importance to the interests of commercc < 
fad their progress will be in proportion to the development of the commerce of tire 
Numerous Islands and the vast countries of the Pacific Ocean. 



■ 




Digitized by Google 



* HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 

Cook estimated the population at 400,000. Vancover some fifteen year* after, 
pot it at a much lower figure, and intimates that Cook wan misled by the multitudes 
that flocked to the shores whenever his ships appeared. But the fact nevertheless 
remains, that the natlTea have, since their first intercourse with forcigucre, decreased 
at a fearful rate. 

The official census of 1866, gives the total native population, as compared with that 
of I860, and shows a decrease of 8,901, of natives, and an increase of foreigners of 
1,631. The half casts iu 1866, numhercd 1,640; the foreigners (exclusive of China- 
men), 4,194 including male and female. 

ThefoUowing table wlllehowthc area, height and popubtlou of the several Islam's 
of the group. 

8Q. MILES. SIGHT IN FEET. rOPTLATKMJ, 18*50. 



Hawaii * 4000 13,958 19,808 

Maul «00 10,2(10 14,085 

Molokai 170 2.800 2,299 

\jxvriL 110 l.ttiO 8iW 

Oahu 520 8,am) 19,871) 

Kauai 520 4,800 6,299 

Niihau 80 800 325 

Kahoolawc 60 400 



Total popnlation, 1866 62,959 

* We, give the common computation, but the area of Hawaii Is evidently greater— 
probably 5000 square miles. 

Honolulu, on the island of Oahu, to the principal town of the islands, and by enact- 
ment of law, to known as the u City of Honolulu." The total popnlation in 1860, was 
14,810. On the 7th of December, 1866, by tho census then taken of the district % 
(whleh includes the city), the total popnlation was 18,531, thus showing a decrease, 
in six years of 789. This decrease, however, has been entirely among the natives 
within the last few years the mortality among foreigners has apparently increased. 
The number of foreigners residing in the district of Honolulu, was reported in 1860, 
as 1,009. Dy the census of 1868, there are 1,851, showing an increase of 812 in 6lx 

The total number of foreigners on tho island iu 1866, other than Chinese, was 2.988. 



The half-casts numbered 1,640. 

Beef cattle (all the Islands) 59,913 

Sheep 100,625 

Goats 56,980 



Horses, no return (supposed to exceed in numbers, cattle, sheep, and goats.) 

By official assessment in 1&65, the value of Real Estate in the inlands is put down 
at $4,883,583; Personal property, $3,663,113, 

Taxes arc light, 1-4 of one per cent on real and personal property. The valnc of 
Real Estate in Honolulu may be estimated when it is stated that nearly one-half the 
usscssed taxes are paid from this city alone, amounting to $9,443. 

KAMEUAMEUA 1. 
Kamehamcha has been entitled "The Great," and justly so, when we view his 
character, in, connection with the limited sphere of action afforded by his little group 
of islands. From the rank of a aocondary chief, in point of power, he raised himself, 
by his own energy and ability, to be the ruler of the entire group. He attached to 



Digitized by Google 



« 



AXD HISTORICAL SKETCH. 7 

himself several foreigners, foremost amdng whom were John Youug, and Isaac Davis, 
English seamen, but both men of singular sobriety and shrewdness, considering the 
class to which they belonged. The King invariably treated them with marked kind- 
ness, and they more than once turned the tide of battle in his favor by their lire arms. 
The descendants of Young and DaviB have been numerous, and have always enjoyed 
the confidence of the chiefs. 

In 1798, as near as can be estimated, the harlwr of Honolulu was discovered, aud 
entered, for the first time, by a foreign vessel. The Prime Le Boo, was the name of 
this vessel, a tender to a ship engaged in tho North- West trade. Vancouver had 
previously anchored off Waikiki, iu March of that year, the harbor of Honolulu being 
then unknown. 

In 1794, Kiunehameha became the master of Hawaii, Maui, Molokai, Lanai, Kahoo- 
lawe and Oahu. Kauai and Niihau only remained to be conquered. But the King of 
Kauai, Kaumualii, surrendered his island without a struggle, and acknowledged the 
conqucrer as his sovereign. / 

Thus, by his genius and bravery he had founded a Kingdom of all the islands, and 
he ruled it with wisdom, ne encouraged the visits of trading vessels, himself carried 
on extensively the business of collecting sandal-wood, built (with the assistance of 
foreigners.) quite a fleet of small craft, and was enterprising enough to fit out and 
send to China, on his own account, a vessel laden with sandal- wood. 8hc returned 
with ruin and dry goods, which the King managed to sell for hard dollars, the value 
of which he was not slow to learn. 

The religious worship of the islanders was a perfectly matured system of heathen 
idolatry. The first Kamchameha, by his fostering tho superstitious rites of the 
priests obtained the name and fame of a pious King, although it, is extremely doubt- 
ful whether he believed in what he pretended so much to honor. It is more than 
probable that he was long-sighted enough to perceive and to use for his own pur- 
poses the power which superstition gives over the minds of men. Thus, a system of 
church and state sprung up in these islands, the King taking the priests under his 
patronage, building temples and sacrificing to the gods : from this state of things, it 
may be understood how, in subsequent years, when the chiefs became converts — in 
name, at least— to Christianity, they very naturally desired to continue the alliance 
between the religious and the political in the government 

Kamchameha I. died at Kailua, m the district of North Kona, Hawaii, May 8, 1819. 

LIHOLIHO. 

He was succeeded by his eldest sou Lihollho, by Keopuolani, a daughter of the 
King of Maui. The young King was much given to dissipation, and he had not long 
been in power before he abrogated the tabus which had been from time immemorial 
imposed on the people by the chiefs and priests. The first and most onerous of these 
was the tabu, most strictly enforced, against men and women eating together. Aft 
might very naturally have been expected, this bold innovation of the new King 
caused no little excitement. The priests saw plainly enough, that, with the abolition 
of the tabus, and the neglect of idol worship, their power over the people and their 
influence with the chiefs was gone forever. The latter were divided, a number sid- 
ing with the priests, took up arms in open rebellion against the King. The majority, 
however, remained loyal. But Kekuaokalani, a cousin of Liholiho's, collected a 
large force and declared wai» for the gods. Kalaniraoku, a celebrated warrior of the 
first Kamehameha, with the King's forces met the rebels at Kuamoo, near Keauhou 
in North Kona. The t-uttW lasted from noon until sundown, when Kcakuaokatani 



Digitized by Google 



8 



HONOL UL U DIRECTOR 7, 



having been killed, with his wife Manono, who fought bravely by his 6ide, the insur- 
gents fled, and never after made any head against the King's party. Thus was idola- 
try overthrown, and the superstitious customs that had for centuries held sway over 
an entire people, were abolished, as it were, in a day. What rendered this event 
more remarkable, was the fact that it was brought about not from the influence of 
Christianity, for It had not yet been introduced into the islands. It was brought 
about by the boldness of the young King, in opposltiou to his father's priests. No 
merit, beyond the courage displayed, is due to Liholiho. 

On the contrary, his conduct in thus contemptuously treating the gods and the 
traditions of his ancestors, was so to say, an evidence of impiety. The American 
Missionaries, who arrived Boon after the rebellion was crushed, very naturally and 
emphatically declared that they saw in these strange events, the direct interposition 
of the Divino Hand, in preparing the way for the introduction of the Gospel. 

We quote from a Missionary writer, the Rev. 8hcldon Dibble: "The war having 
thus resulted in the entire overthrow of the idolatrous party, both chiefs and people 
united with one voice and in the strongest terms to reproach the folly and impotency 
of their former idol gods. They exclaimed, 4 The case Is now fairly tested, the army 
with idols was weak, the army without idols was strong and victorious. There is no 
power in the gods ; they are vanity and a lie.' Their rage toward idols, by which 
they had so long been enthralled, and who had now failed them in the day of battle, 
was unbounded. They began the work of destruction. Some of their idols they cast 
into the sea, some they burnt, and some they treated with contempt and used for fuel. 
They rushed to the temples and tore them to the ground, they slew Kuawa, the 
priest who had exerted most influence with Kekuaokalani in leading him to uphold 
idolatry. They placed no restraint upon their wrath, but vented it to the utmost in 
acts of retaliation. It seems that Eternal Wisdom had permitted the war, to convince 
the people thus thoroughly of the impotency of idols. It was not till after the war, 
that the people made anything like thorough work in casting off the shackles of idol- 
atry, the question seemed to be so clearly tested that their eyes were opened." 

Some very interesting personal reminiscences of events in the latter years of Kamc- 
hameha L, and after the accession of Kamehameha IL, may be found in a pamphlet 
issued some years ago by the venerable Captain Alexander Adams, who first vis ted 
these islands near the close of the last century, and who still survives, surrounded 
by a numerous progeny of children, grand and great-grandchildren. 

ARRIVAL OF THE FIRST MISSIONARIES. 

The first missionaries to these islands arrived at Kallua, on the 4th of April, 1820, 
less than a year after the death of Kamehameha I., and only a short time after the 
final battle 'had been fought which decided the fate of idol worship. The pioneer 
company constituted of the Rev. Asa Thurston, Rev. Hiram Bingham, Daniel Cham- 
berlain,, farmer ; Thomas Holman, physician ; Samuel Whitney, mechanic and teacher, 
(afterwards ordained as a preacher;) Samuel Buggies, catechist and teacher; and 
Elisha Loomjs, printer and teacher; with their wives. 

A wonderful surprise awaited these devoted men and women, who had left the 
comforts of a civilized life, to cross the wastes, of ocean, to buffet the Btorms of the 
southern cape, and to bean the heats of the tropics, with the self-sacrificing spirit of 
the genuine Christian missionary. Their first anxious inquiries as to the state of 
affairs at the islands, as they entered the harbor of Kallua, were answered—" Liholiho 
is King— the islands arc at peace— the tabu system is no more— the gods are destroyed, 
and the temples are demolished." — * 



Digitized by Google 



AXD JllHTOHJCAL SKETCH. 0 

Bui the missionaries did not at once receive permission to remain on shore. The 
chiefs, with the energetic Kaahumanu, a widow of Kainchameha I., at their head, 
debated for several days in council, as to whether the new comers should not be sent 
back from whence they came. Vancouver, during his last visit to the islands, had 
intimated that religious teachers would be sent to him, the King, from England. 
The remembrance of this fact caused the chiefs to hesitate, and they were doubtful 
whether it would be proper for them to receive teachers from auother country. 
John Young, the Englishing, the friend and companion of Kamehameha, and who 
bad also fought in his numerous battles, cast the scale in favor of the missionaries. 
He told the chiefs that "Missionaries from America were the same as missionaries 
from England— that they worshipped the same God and taught the same religion." 
The influence which Vancouver had gained over the minds of the chiefs by his kind 
and conciliatory conduct towards them is exemplified by the feet that, on the 
strength of this assurance from Mr. Toung, the King and chiefs gave a willing con- 
sent, if not a hearty welcome to the missionaries to reside among them. 

Once on shore, and granted the protection of the chiefs, the real difficulties of the 
missionaries commenced. The people were of course immersed In the deep gloom 
of heathenism, the repulsive features of which were rendered still more repulsive, 
by the fact that the King had thrown off all the restraints of the old religious system, 
which, however objectionable in itself, had yet the merit of governing and controlling 
the people. 

A long time passed before any converts were made to the new religion, but the 
first one baptized in 1834, was a notable personage— no less a one than the high 
chiefess, Kcopuolani, the mother'of Kamehameha II. and Kamehameha III. 

In January, 1822, the first printing ever done in the islands, was performed at 
Honolulu, by the missionaries — a spelling book in the native language. One of the 
principal chiefs, — Keaumoku— u pulled " the first sheet 

It was a laborious task to reduce the language to writing. But twelve articulate 
sounds belong to the language as spoken, and but twelve letters were originally in- 
troduced, although it has since been found necessary to use other English letters, in 
laws and legal documents. It is to be regretted that the missionaries had not adopted 
accented letters, as in many instances words spelled precisely alike, have a totally 
different sound and meaning. 

The letters of the Hawaiian alphabet arc — a, c, i, o, u, h, k, 1, m, n, p, w. The 
pronunciation of these letters may be fairly rendered, according to the usual sounds 
of the English, as follows:— ah, a, e, o, oo, hay, kay, lah, moo, noo, pe, way. 

The missionaries aimed at extreme simplicity in writing the language, and it must 
be acknowledged that they succeeded admirably. It requires far less application to 
learn the art of spelling and reading in Hawaiian than in English, or any other 
European language, and It is stated that the number of those who cannot read and 
write is smaller in these islands, in proportion to the population, than in any other 
country. 

The first christian marriage occurred in August, 1822, a little over two years after 
the teachers arrived. 

The missionaries found favor with sonic few of the chiefs, but the King, Liholiho, 
as before stated, was dlbslpated in the extreme, and paid no regard whatever to the 
advice and reproofs of the teachers. He, however, treated them with all kindness, 
and told his chiefs and people to listen to the teachers, and to learn reading and 
writing. 

Kaahumanu, who, by the will of Kamehameha I., was the Kuhina Nui, or Premier, 
2 




Digitized by Google 



10 HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 

and next in authority to the King, (and without whose assent, he could do no official 
act,) was at the first, particularly contemptuous in her manner towards the mission- 
aries. She was a woman of strong mind, haughty and proud. It is related of her 
that when a missionary offered his hand, in meeting, as a salutation, she would turn 
away her eyes disdainfully, and hold out her little linger. But she became eventually 
their greatest and most influential friend. She made a public profession of her belli f 
in the new religion in the year 1835, and she became at once, its most powerful and 
successful advocate. Her demeanor towards the missionaries, changed in a most ex- 
traordinary manner, from contempt and studied slight, to marked and public recogni- 
tion of them and their affaire. Under her sanction and authority, schools were estab- 
lished extensively, and old and young rapidly learned the rudiments of reading and 
writing, and, following the example of their chiefs, became converts to the christian 
religion — in name, at least It is no part of our province, in this sketch, to comment 
upon this event, which is termed, by some, the almost miraculous conversion of the 
nation. 

LIHOLinO GOES TO ENGLAND. 

In 1823, November 37, the King, having for some time previously' entertained the 
idea of visiting England, more, it is said, from a desire for change and amusement, 
than for any well defined purpose, sailed away in a whaleship, called the L'Aigle, 
Captain Starbuck. The occasion of his departure, accompanied by some twelve of 
his retainers And his principal wife, was long remembered by the people, as a time of 
wailing, for it was a new thing for a King to go away to foreign lands. And they 
never saw him more. Arriving In London, in May, 1834, they were kindly received 
by some of the leading members of government of the time, and were entertained 
with attentions such as were due to their rank. But the change of climate, habits 
and diet, was too much for them, and the King and Kamamalu, his Queen, were both 
taken sick and died, in July, 1834. 

The British Government sent out the frigate Blonde, in command of Captain Lord 
Byron,— a relative of the poet,— to convey the remains of the deceased King and his 
Qneen back to the islands, together with the survivors of the expedition. Among 
the latter was Kekuanaoa, father of his present Majesty Kamehameha V. The Blonde 
arrived at Honolulu, May 37, 1835. Lord Byron was received with great ceremony 
and respect, and in his intercourse with the chiefs, gave them much good advice, and 
used ids influenco in favor of the missionaries. During his stay at the islands, he 
completed a survey of Hilo, which, for a long time afterwards, went by the name of 
Byron's Bay. 

THE DISASTROUS EXPEDITION OF BOKI. 

A high chief, named Boki, a brother of Kalanimoku, who accompanied Liholiho to 
England, was made Governor of Oahu on his return. Kaahumanu, the widow of the 
first Kamehameha, formerly referred to, was the Premier, and actual ruler of the 
islands, after the death of Kamehameha II., and during the minority of Kamehameha 
HI. Boki was ambitions of power, and he is said to have aspired to the chief author- 
ity. Not succeeding, he became discontented, and hearing that sandal-wood, — which 
had been such a valuable article of traffic, and which had got to be scarce on the 
islands — abounded on some islands in the Pacific, he determined on going in search 
of it. He fitted out two brigs, the Kamehameha, and the Becket, and sailed away 
southward, on the 3d of December, 1829. His company consisted of about 500 per- 
sons, on the two vessels. After touching at Rotuma, the expedition sailed for one 
of the New Hebrides Islands, after which the Kamehamefia, on board of which was 



Digitized by Google 



I 

J I 

» 

♦ 

AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 11 

Bokl, and 900 of his people, Including several foreigners, was never heard of. It was 
supposed that she was cither blown up,— as there was a considerable quantity of 
powder on board,— or that she was wrecked on one of the southern reefs or shoals. 
Her consort, the Beckd, remained but a few weeks at the island which had been fixed 
upon by Bokl as the rendezvous,— but at which he never arrived. Owing to the 
hostile altitude of the natives, and to an epidemic which broke out on board, the 
people of the Jkcket utterly failed to accomplish anything towards the object of the 
Ill-starred expedition, and the brig returned to Honolulu, arriving on the 8d of 
August, 1830, after an absence of eight months. Sbe sailed with 179 persons, and 
returned with only 20, eight of whom were foreigners. 

THE WAX ON KA UAL 

Kaumualii, who had been King of the Island of Kauai, but who, as has been pre- 
viously stated, had surrendered his kingdom to Kameharaeha I., died at Oahu, in 
May, 1824. The governorship of the island was conferred on Kahalaia, a young chief 
of Oahu. But the people of Kauai rebelled against his authority, and a short but 
sanguinary war ensued. Kalanimoku, who happened to arrive just before hostilities 
actually commenced, made strenuous endeavors to bring about a peaceable settle- 
ment of the difficulties, but the Kauaians were obstinate and threatening in their 
demeanor. On the 8th of August, 1824, the rebels made an unsuccessful attack on 
the Fort at Waimea, and a number of the assailants were killed. They were headed by 
son of Kaumualii, named George, who had visited America, and been partly educated 
there. He had two small brass cannon, and some few fire-arms. As the rebellion 
had assumed a serious aspect, a vessel was dispatched to Oahu for assistance. On 
the news being received, Hoaplli, the Governor of Maui, immediately sailed for 
Kauai, with two schooners, crowded with armed men. (Hoapili was cousin to 
Kaabumanu. He died in 1840.) 

Arrived at Kauai, it was found that the insurgents were posted in force, 
nwaiting attack, with the two brass pieces in front. On these they relied, and had 
they been skillfully served, the battle would soon have been decided in favor of the 
rebels. When he had arranged his troops for the attack, Hoapili, who, it seems, was 
already half a Christian, ordered that a prayer should be offered up to the "Akua Oiaio," 
the true God. This was done by a converted Tahitian, who appeared to be the only 
one In the army who knew how to pray. Hoapili then made a stirring address to his 
troops, telling them that they must conquer or die, and bidding them be of good 
courage, for God was on their 6ide. The order was then given, Forward ! and they 
rushed on right in the face of the two guns. But so unskillfully were these aimed, 
that every shot passed high overhead ; Hoapili, however, and his soldiers, falling flat 
on the ground at each discharge, in order to dodge the balls that were whizzing 
harmlessly up in the air. The battle was of very short duration, for the rebels, con- 
founded and panic struck at the fact that the guns on which they had so confidently 
relied, had failed to do any execution, suffered them to be taken by their opponents, 
and fled in utter dismay and terror. 

Strange to say, that in this so-called battle, but one man was killed, and he was 
one of Hoapili's men. Then followed the pursuit by the victors of their fleeing 
enemies, and now commenced an indiscriminate slaughter of all that were over- 
taken, or found hid away in the woods or caves. Captives were bayonetted or sum- 
marily shot No quarter was shown. Even the unarmed, the old, the women and 
children were indiscriminately slain. For several days, this scene of savage fury was 
kept up, until no more fugitives could be found upon whom to wreak the vengeance 



Digitized by Google 



12 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



of the conquering party. George Kaumualii escaped to the woods for a time, until, 
nearly dead from hunger and fatigue, he gave himself up to the vlctore, and their 
thirst for blood having perhaps become satisfied, he was allowed to live. 

In jnsticc to the missionaries, it should here be remarked, that when their advice 
was asked by Hoapili, previous to his going to the war, they explicitly counseled him 
that non-combatants should not be molested, and that prisoners should be treated 
humanely. But it would seem that Hoaplll's men, in the pride and power of victory, 
gave loose to their savage Instincts, and that all control over them waa lost for the 
time. 

After peace and quiet waa fully established, Kaikioewa, a cousin of Kaahumanu, 
the Premier, became Governor of Kauai, and all who had been In any way concerned 
in the rebellion, were sent away to the other islands. And so concluded the last war 
in these islands. 

COMPLICATIONS WITH FOREIGNERS. 

The first missionaries, for a number of years, met with no little opposition from 
the foreigners residing on the islands. As the missionaries gained the confidence of 
the chiefs, their influence increased, and was used for the suppression of certain 
practices in the intercourse between the natives and the foreigners, which the mis- 
sionaries felt it to be their duty to oppose. We repeat that the opposition— and it 
was bitter— came from mmexA the foreigners, for all were not alike. The regulations 
made by the chiefs for the suppression of the, liquor traffic, and against licentious- 
ness, — the latter a vice which always extensively prevailed in former years in the 
Pacific Islands — gave great offense to a certain class of residents on shore, and the 
crews of ships recruiting at the inlands. This opposition, in some instances, went as 
far as acts of violence, some of which we will note, as matters of history. 

In October, 1835, a British whaler, the Daniel, anchored at Lahaina. The crew 
found that the former condition of affairs had greatly changed. " Instead of the 
accustomed throng of native females, not an individual of the sex approached the 
ship." The sailors were enraged at this, and very naturally, and not incorrectly im- 
puted the change to the influence of the missionaries. Going to the shore, they pro- 
ceeded to the house of the resident missionary, whom they threatened and insulted 
grossly, in the presence of his wife and family. On another occasion, a mob of 
the sailors proceeded to the house of the missionary, armed with knives and pistols, 
and bearing a black flag. They were met, however, by a guard of natives, armed with 
clubs, who drove the mob away. The captain of the ship sided with his men. But 
the chiefs remained firm, and the ship sailed for Honolulu. 

The U. S. schooner Dolphin, under the command of Lieut. John Percival, arrived 
at Honolulu on the 11th of January, 1836, a few months after the chiefs had adopted 
the Ten Commandments as rules for the government of the people, and promulgated 
a law forbidding females from going ou board vessels for the purposes of prostitution. 
Says the missionary writer before quoted : 

41 The commander of the schooner expressed his decided disapprobation of the law 
in regard to females, and Interested himself to procure the release of four base women 
who were in custody for its violation. 

" He imputed the existence of the law to the influence of the missionaries, and a* 
reported at the time by several of the high chiefs, threatened the utmost violence 
both to the persons and the houses of tlie missionaries on account of it. Threats, 
indeed, were uttered with so much rage and earnestness that the chief* became 
alarmed for the safety of their teachers." 

i 



Di 



AXD JirSTOItlCAL SKETCH. 



I 

13 



On Sunday, February 30, a party of the schooner's men, armed with knives and 
clubs, went to the house of Kalanimoku, who was confined by sickness, and entering 
his room, demanded the repeal of the law. A scuffle ensued twtween the attend- 
ants of the chief and the sailors, ending in the latter being ejected, but not, however, 
until they smashed windows and committed other depredations. The missionary, 
(Rev. Mr. Bingham,) had a narrow escape from the mob, but was rescued by the 
natives. 

Subsequently, the commander of the schooner called on the chiefs, and declared 
his determination that the obnoxious law should be repealed. The chiefs were 
divided, some of them remaining firm and resolute for the law, while other*, intimi- 
dated by the continued threats of the man-of-war, combined with the attitude of some 
of the foreign residents, were inclined to yield. The result was, that the sailors 
gained their point, some of the chiefs, as is said, having connived at a breach of the 
law. 

During the same year, 1836, the crews of several American and English whalers at 
Labalna committed similar excesses as those committed by the crew of the lkuiid, 
the previous year. The chiefs, to keep the females out of the way, sent them all into 
the mountains, and the sailors vented their rage in destroying such property, belong- 
ing to the missionary and to the natives, as they could lay their hands on. 

The following year, 1827, the crew of the English Bhip John Btlmer, lying at Laha- 
ina, smuggled on board several prostitutes. The Governor of Maui, Uoapili, who 
was a chief noted for his firmness of character, made a demand on the Captain that 
the women should be returned on shore. Hie demand was received with ridicule, 
and no further notice taken of it Subsequently, while the Captain was on shore, 
the Governor detained him and his boat, as a means of enforcing a compliance with 
the demand, whereupon the Captain" sent orders to his ship to fire on the town in 
case he was not released within an hour. Before the expiration of that time, how- 
ever, he promised the Governor, that if he was released, the women should bo sent 
on shore. Before the crew on board heard of their Captain's release, they had opened 
fire on the town, and discharged five round shot It does not appear, however, that 
any material damage was done. Proceeding on board, the Captain sailed for Oahu, 
but without fulfilling his promise. 

Subsequently, fresh excitement broke out at Honolulu, among shipmasters and 
foreign residents, caused by the receipt, from the United States, of newspapers con- 
taining an account of the aflair of the Dcmid, at Lahaina, written by the missionary 
at that place, the Rev. Mr. Richards. The excitement reached such a height and 
some of the chiefs were bo harrassed and intimidated, that they advised that the de- 
mands of the foreigners, (that Mr. Richards be punished for sending the letter to be 
published abroad,) should be accceded to. But Kaahumauu, after holding a council 
with the chiefs, decided that Mr. Richards should be protected. Says the native 
historian : 

" The next morning came the British Consul in his official dress, with Capt. Buckle, 
(of the Daniel,) Boki and Manuia, (who took sides with the foreigners,) and several 
merchants, and with an air of confidence and importance, entered Into the hall of 
council, and insisted that Mr. Richards should be punished. But Kaahumanu had 
made up her mind — and she told them her decision ; and all knew, foreigners as well 
as natives, that whatever they might afterwards say would be like the beating of the 
sea against a rock. The matter, of course, was ended." 



Digitized by Google 



14 HONOL UL V DIRECTOR F, 

THE FIRST LAWS ENACTED. 

As has previously been stated, Die chiefs in 1835, adopted the Tun Commandments n« 
the basis of a criminal code. But in 1837, the council of chiefs adopted a number of 
laws, which were printed and promulgated, with the signatures of the young King, Kou- 
ikeaonli, ( then quite a youth, ) and the Premier, Kaahumanu. These laws were the first 
regularly enacted in the islands. They imposed penalties upon the crimes of murder, 
theft and adultery, and to carry out the hitter, it was declared unlawful for any man 
to have more than one wife, ar any women more than one husband. 

In 1829, a proclamation was issued in the name of the King, containing a number 
of laws which — for the first time in Hawaiian law-making — were declared to be equal- 
ly binding upon foreigners as well as natives. Those were enactments against mur- 
der, theft, licentiousness, retailing spirits, Sabbath-breaking and gambling. There 
were some foreigners residing here at the time, and visitors, who declared that they 
were not answerable to the laws of the islands, and it was therefore, under the cir- 
cumstances, a bold step on the part of the chiefs. 

On the 14th of October, 1839, the U. 8. Sloop-of-war Vincennes, CapL Finch, arrived 
at Honolulu. The Captain was the bearer of a letter and presents from the President 
of the United States to the King, and presents to Kaahumanu and other chiefs. The 
letter, after congratulating the King on the introduction and progress of true religion 
in the islands, contained one sentence, which greatly strengthened the minds of the 
chiefs in their policy of enforcing the laws upon foreigners. It read thus : 

11 Our citizens who violate your laws, or interfere with your regulations, violate at 
the same time their duty to their own government and country, and merit censure 
and punishment" 

From 1839, up to 1838, beyond the few general laws previously mentioned, there 
were no legal enactments, and the government was carried on by the governors of 
. the different islands, nominally under the King, much after the ancient despotic style. 
The verbal word of the chief was law. 

But before we review the history of legislation in the islands subsequent to 1838, 
we proceed to glance at the history of the rise and progress of 

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC RELIGION. 

In the mouth of August, 1819, the French corvette V Uranic, M. Freycinet, com- 
^ wander, anchored at Kawaihae, and afterwards visited Honolulu. During the stay 

of the corvette at the islands, the chaplain, M. T Abbe de Quelln, administered the 
rite of baptism to two of the chiefs — Kalanimoku, and his brother BokL 

On the 7th of July, 1837, the first Roman Catholic missionaries arrived at Honolulu, 
from Bordeaux, in the French ship Cvmet. The mission consisted of John Alexius 
Augustin Bachelot, who had been constituted Apostolic Prefect of the Sandwich 
Islands, and Rev. Father Short, together with several laymen. After they were 
landed from the ship, an order was issued for the Captain to take them on board 
again, as they had been landed without perm iasion. This order he would not execute, 
and sailed away, leaving the missionaries behind. 

Although the clergy had not received a formal permission to remain on the islands, 
they were not molested or interrupted by the chiefs for several years. 

The first temporary chapel, a small thatched building, was opened early in Janu- 
ary, 1828. 

In 1829, after the departure of Bokl, on the expedition from which he never re- 
turned, Kaahumanu, returning to Honolulu, her attention was attracted to the 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



15 



growth of the Roman Catholic faith among the people. She gave strict orders to the 
priests to close their chapel, and commanded the people, on pain of punishment, to 
forsake the new relijdon. 

Now commenced a persecution against the native professore of Catholicism, on 
the part of Kaahumanu and Kinau. Some, for refusing to renounce their faith, were 
kept in confinement at hard labor, like criminals, others put in irons. One woman 
was, by Kaahumanu, retained- in her household, and being persistent in holding to 
her faith, she was at night time kept in irons. Mr. Dibble, in his history of these 
occurrences, states that by the intercession of the Protestant missionary at Lahaina, 
she was liberated. Other women, tried for the same offense, were sentenced to bo 
imprisoned and employed in making mats. 

It is not our object in compiling this 44 Sketch " of the outlines of Hawaiian His- 
tory, to comment upon the causes which led to the principal events, but to record 
the events themselves as we find them. But we may remark, in connection with 
this subject of the persecution of the Catholics, that the chiefs acted upon their 
ancient principle, which was that disobedience to their orders as to any course of 
conduct, whether pertaining to things temporal or spiritual, was simply rebellion. 
They had no idea of toleratiou. 

In April, 1831, the chiefs, after having, on several occasions, requested the priests 
to depart, convened In council, and issued a formal order in writing to that effect 
But in the latter part of the same year, the priests, not having left, tho government fit- 
ted out the brig Waverly, and put her under the command of Capt. William Sum- 
ner, and In December, 1831, the missionaries having been put on board, the brig sailed 
for California, where sho arrived safely, and tho missionaries were landed. They 
were kindly received there by their co-religionists. 

After the departure of tho priests, the persecution against their converts still con- 
tinued. A number were punished by being put to making stone walL About this 
time, Commodore Downs, In the U. 8. Frigate Jbtomac arrived at Honolulu. On 
learning of the circumstance, the Commodore interfered in behalf of the prisoners, 
and representing to the government the injustice of persecution on account of re- 
ligious belief, the Catholics were released, and for several years thereafter, persons 
of that belief were unpunished. But in 1836, more prosecutions took place, and 
punishments were Inflicted, some of a very severe nature, on the Catholic proselytes, 
females as well as males. In 1839, Mr. Richards, formerly a Protestant missionary, 
having left the mission and become a teacher and adviser to the King and chiefs, 
there soon appeared to be a change in this intolerent policy, it is said, through his 
instructions. On the 17th of June of that year, orders were issued by the King that 
punishments for worshipping after the forms of the Roman Catholic religion should 
cease, and those then in confinement should be released. After the promulgation of 
this order, persecution ceased. 

On the 80th of September, 1836, the Rev. Robert Walsh, a Catholic priest, arrived 
at Honolulu from Valparaiso, in the brig QaraJQia. Kaahumanu being dead, Kinau. 
a daughter of Kamehameha, was then Premier of the kingdom, and Governess of 
Oahu, under the title of Kaahumanu II. She forbid father Walsh remaining on the 
islands, because the former priests had been sent away. The English Consul claimed 
that Mr. Walsh being a British subject, was under his protection, and must be 
allowed a residence. He remained, but was forbidden from preaching. 

April 17th, 1887, Rev. Messrs. Bachelot and Short, who had been sent away by the 
government some five years before, returned to tho islands in the British brigCkmeti- 
tinc. They landed at once, but were ordered to return immediately on board. As 



Digitized by Google 



!« 



HONOLULU D1IIKCT0HY, 



they did not do so, a positive order was Issued by the King to have them put on 
board. This was done, when the owner of the brig, Mr. Dudoit, repaired ou board 
and hauled down his flag. This he earried to Mr. Charlton, the British Consul, who 
publicly burned It, while Mr. Dudoit made a formal protest agahiBt the government, 
claiming damages to the amount of $50,000, for the forcible Beizure of his vessel. 
Meanwhile, the priests remained on board. 

On the 7th of July, the British surveying sloop SidpJmr, Capt. Belcher, and on the 
10th, the French frigate Venus, Capt. Du Petit Thouars, arrived at Honolulu, and 
the two commanders jointly demanded that the priests be allowed to land. This 
being refused by the authorities, the commanders of the men-of-war themselves 
caused Uic priests to be disembarked, and conducted to their former residences, when 
the flag was again hoisted on the Clementine. After a long discussion between the 
King and council and the two commauders, it was conceded that the priests should 
be allowed to remain on shore, until an opportunity for their leaving occurred, the 
respective commanders, Du Petit Thouars and Belcher, mutually pledging themselves,, 
in behalf of their respective countrymen, that they should conform to the laws while 
they remained. 

November 2d, 1837, M. Malgret, pro-vicar of the Roman Catholic Bishop of llilo- 
polis, and Mr. Murphy, a layman, belonging to the mission, arrived at Honolulu from 
Valparaiso. Not being allowed to land, M. Maigrot and M. Bachelot having pur- 
chased a vessel, sailed on the 23d of November for the South Pacific, Mr. Walsh 
being the only priest remaining. M. Bachelot, who was in Infirm health, died ou the 
voyage, December 4th, and was buried at Ascension. 

On the 18th of December, a severe ordinance was published by the King and chiefs, 
forbidding, 41 that any one should teach the peculiarities of the Pope's religion, nor 
shall it be allowed to any who teaches those doctrines or those peculiarities to reside 
in this kingdom ; nor shall the ceremonies be exhibited in our kingdom, nor shall 
any one teaching its peculiarities or its faith be permitted to land on these shores ; 
for It is not proper that two religions be found in this small kingdom. * * * 
If any one, either foreigner. or native, shall be found assisting another in teaching the 
doctrine of the Pope's religion, ho Bhall pay to the government a fine of one hundred 
' dollars for every such offense." Any Popish teachers coming on shore in violation of 
the ordinance, were declared liable to pay a fine of ten thousand dollars, and their 
vessels and cargoes to be confiscated to the government. The document was headed, 
" An ordinance rejecting the Catholic religion." 

On the 17th of June, 1839, the King issued orders that no more punishments should 
be inflicted for adherance to the Roman Catholic doctrines, the persecutions having 
been carried to a considerable extent ' 

On the 10th of July, 1830, the French frigate VArtemise, C. Laplace, Commander, 
carrying 60 guns, arrived off the Port of Honolulu. Shortly after her arrival, the 
commander addressed a manifesto to the King, in which after setting forth that His 
Majesty the King of the French had commanded him to come to Honolulu 4 4 in order 
to put an end, either by force or persuasion, to the ill treatment to which the French 
have been victims at the Sandwich Islands," he propounded five separate demands, in 
substance as follows : 

1st. That the Catholic worship be declared free, throughout all tho dominions of 
the King of the Sandwich Islands ; that the members of this religious faith shall 
enjoy in them all the principles granted to Protestants. 2d. That a site for a Cath- 
olic Church be given by the government at Honolulu. 3d. That all Catholics im- 
prisoned on account of religion, be immediately liberated. 4th. That the King 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. It 

deposit with the Captain of the PArtemite, the sum of twenty thousand dollars, as a 
guarantee of his future conduct towards France, to be restored when the French 
government shall be satisfied that the Treaty— (submitted with the manifesto >— has 
been complied with. 5th. That the Treaty, when signed, be conveyed on board the 
frigate by a high chief of the country ; and that salutes be exchanged between the 
shore and the ship. ' 

In case the demands were not complied with, and the Treaty promptly signed, 
«* war" was to commence immediately. The French Consul was informed by letter 
at the same time, that if the demands were not immediately acceded to, hostilities 
would commence at the expiration of three days. The Amercan Consul received a 
similar commnnlcation, with an addition to the effect that the American Protectant 
clergy, in the event of hostilities, should be considered as composing a part of the 
native population. 

The King being absent at Maui, the chiefs were in great perplexity, but at length, 
the Premier, in the name of the King, signed the Treaty, which, with the twenty 
thousand dollars, was carried on board the VArUmite, by Governor Kekuanaoa. 

In May, 1840, the ClenumUru arrived from Valparaiso, bringing M. Malgret, who 
was now Bishop of Nilopolis, and two priests. 

From this date, the Roman Catholic religion may be considered as having been 
firmly and permanently established on the islands. The priests, who were men of 
Iteming and piety, entered at once with great seal upon their duties, and with 
marked success. A stone cathedral was immediately commenced at Honolulu, and 
crowds flocked to their worship. 

In 1841, the Bishop returned to France to procure a reinforcement of laborers, and 
equipments and ornaments for the church. 

Since its final establishment and recognition in 1888, the Roman Catholic religion 
has spread to all the principal islands, and the number of neophytes are now estimated 
to equal those professing the Protestant religion. 

BILL OF RIGHTS AM) FIRST CONSTITUTION. 

The first Bill of Rights and Constitution of the Sandwich Islands, was adopted 
unanimously by the King and chiefs, October 8, 1840. The document was originally 
, drawn in Hawaiian, and translated into English, and the idiom of the former having 
been pretty closely followed in the translation, the language is diffuse and quaint. 
We give the headings only into which it is divided, as to copy it entire, would occu- 
py over seven pages of this work : 

" Declaration of Rights, both of the people and chiefs ;" " Protection for the people 
declared;" "Constitution;" "Exposition of the principles on which the present 
dynasty is founded ;" " Prerogatives of the King ;" " Respecting the Premier of the 
Kingdom ;" " Governors ;" " Respecting the subordinate chiefs ;" (of these, fourteen 
in number, none survive at this date.) " Respecting the Representative Body ;" • 
" Respecting the meetings of the Legislative Body ;" " Respecting the Tax Officers ;" 
" Of the Judges ;" 44 Of the Supreme Judges ;" " Of changes in this Constitution." 

In the same volnmc in which is contained the Declaration of Rights and Constitu- 
tion, (commonly known as the 44 Bine Book," now very scarce,) is printed a number 
of penal laws, recognizing the proper distinction between offenses, and providing 
punishments. Courts were established, both of the first instance and of appeal 
Jury trials were provided for ; landed rights were regulated, as were the fisheries ; the 
disposition of property, by sale or otherwise; the collection of debts; interest; 
3 



Digitized by Google 



1 8 UONOL UL V DIRECTOR F, 



weight* and measures; in fact, all the laws necessary for the wants of the people. 
Complex mercantile affairs or admiralty cases were the only matters unprovided tor 
in these laws of 1810. 

THE FIRST PUBLIC EXECUTION. 

Many foreigners had predicted, that whenever it became necessary to enforce the 
Penal Laws thus enacted and promulgated, leniency would be shown towards chiefs of 
high rank. Considerable surprise was manifested, therefore, when, in the same year, 
(18*0) a chief of high blood was brought to trial, convicted and executed, for the 
murder of his wife. Kamanawa, the chief, having conceived a fancy for another 
woman— with the assistance of his servant— murdered his wife, Kamokuiki, by admin- 
istering to her poisoned awa. He and kis accomplice were hung at the Fort, in Hon- 
olulu, near where the Court House now stands, in the presence of assembled thou- 
sands of the native noDulation. 

FIRST FOREIGN EMBASSY. 

In July, 1843, the Rev. Mr. Richards, accompanied by Timoteo Haalilio, (one of the 
King's suite,) embarked at Honolulu, as Minister Plenipotentiary to the United States, 
England and France. Sir George Simpson, Governor of the Hudson's Bay Company, 
who was then at the Islands, and had taken much Interest in the Government and 
people, also sailed for England, having engaged to assist Mr. Richards in the further- 
ance of the object of his mission. 

After spending some time in the United States and Europe, the principal object of 
the Embassy was accomplished in 1843, the United States having first acknowledged 
the independence of the Sandwich Islands Government, and on the 28th of November, 
the same year, the Governments of France and Great Britain, through their Foreign 
Ministers, St Aulaire and Lord Aberdeen, entered into a joint convention, acknowl- 
edging the existence, in the Islands, of a Government capable of manag ing its own 
internal affairs, and promising that neither power would ever take possession of any 
portion of the territory of the Islands. 

THE PROVISIONAL CESSION TO LORD GEORGE PAULET. 

8hortly after the departure of Messrs. Richards and Haalilio, on their mission, Mr. 
Charlton, the British CoubuI, sailed for the coast of 8outh America, and laid a num- 
ber of complaints before the British naval authorities there. In consequence, the 
frigate Carytfirrt, under the command of Lord George Paulet, was despatched to 
enquire Into the state of affairs at the islands. The Oarytfort arrived at Honolulu 
early in February, 1843, and Lord George Paulet immediately opened a correspon- 
dence with the Government. His first communication, dated February 11th, was 
addressed to M. Kekuanaoa, who was then Governor of Oahu. In it, his Lordship 
stated, that he had arrived 

" For the purpose of affording protection to British subjects, as likewise to support 
the position of Her Britannic Majesty's representative here, who has received repeat- 
ed insults from the Government authorities of these Islands, respecting which, it is 
my intention to communicate with the King, in person. 

"I require to have immediate information, by return of the officer conveying thie 
despatch, whether or not, the King (in consequence of my arrival) has been notified 
that his presence will be required here, and the earliest day on which he may be ex- 
pected, as otherwise, I shall be compelled to proceed to his residence, in the ship 
under my command for the purpose of communicating with him." 



i 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



19 



The Governor replied that the King would be sent for as soon as po&Mble, he being 
then on the east side of Maul, at Walluku. 

On the 16th, the King having arrived, Lord Paulet addressed to him a letter, de- 
manding a private interview. The King returned an answer the next day, declining 
the private interview, but stating, that if his Lordship had any business of a private 
nature, they (the King and Kekauloohi, the Premier,) would appoint Dr. G. P. Judd, 
their confidential agent, to confer with him. 

Lord George replied on the same day, declining to hold any communication what- 
ever with Dr. G. P. Jndd, "who," says his Lordship, "it has been satisfactorily 
proved to me, has been the prime mover in the unlawful proceedings of your Govern- 
ment against British subjects." As a personal interview had been refascd by the 
King, a series of demands upon the Government, were enclosed, and the letter con- 
cluded by saying, that if these demands were not compiled with at, or before four 
o'clock on the next day, the writer would bo obliged to take immediate coercive 
steps to obtain those measures for Us countrymen. The substance of these demands 
were: 

1st— The immediate Tcmoval, by public advertisement, of an attachment which' 
had been laid upon Mr. Chariton's property ; the restoration of land belonging to Mr. 
Charlton, which had been taken by the Government, and reparation to Charlton's 
representatives for heavy losses to which they had " been exposed by the oppressive 
and unjust" proceedings of the Government 

2d.— The immediate and public recognition of Mr. Simpson, (acting for Mr. Charl- 
ton) as British Consul 

3d.— A guarantee that no British subject should be imprisoned in fetters, unless 
accused of a felony. 

4th.— That a new and fair trial should be granted In a case brought by one Henry 
Skinner. 

5th. — The Immediate adoption of firm steps to arrange matters in dispute between 
British subjects and natives, by jury trial— one half the jury to be approved by the 
ConsuL 

6th.— Direct communication between the King and the Acting Consul, for the 
settlement of all grievances and complaints on the part of British subjects against 
the Sandwich Island Government 

On the same dote, Lord George addressed a note to Capt Long, commanding the 
U. S. 8. Boston, then in port, to the effect that in the event of the demands forward- 
ed by him to the Government, not being complied with by four o'clock on the follow- 
ing day, (Saturday) he should be prepared to make an Immediate attack on the town. 

The next day, the 18th, the King and Premier sent a communication to Lord George, 
in which he 1b informed that an Embassy had been sent to the Court of Great Britain, 
with full powers to settle all difficulties, and to cement friendly relations; that some 
of the demands of his Lordship were of a nature calculated to seriously embarrass 
this feeble government; but nevertheless agreeing to comply with those demands, 
under protest, reserving the right to represent the case more fully to Her Majesty's 
Government 

On the same day, salutes were interchanged between the frigate and the forty and 
the 20th was appointed for an interview between the King and Lord George Paulet, 
and H. B. M*8 Consul. 

An interview accordingly took place at the time appointed. Some of the demands 
for damages called for very heavy sums. The King regarded these not only as unjust 
and unreasonable, but utterly beyond his power to comply with. Thus perplexed, he 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



came to a resolution to provisionally cede his Kingdom to the Crown of Great Brit- 
ain. The following is a translation, (made at the time) of a proclamation issued by 
the King on signing the deed of cession: 

" Where are you, chiefs, people and commons from my ancestor, and people from 
foreign lands i 

44 Hear ye ! I make known to you that I am in perplexity by reason of difficulties 
into which I have been brought without cause ; therefore I have given away the life 
of our land, hear ye ! But my rule over you, my people, and your privileges, will 
continue, for I have hope that the life of the land will be restored when my conduct 
shall be justified. 

" Done at Hoooluln, Oahu, this 25th day of February, 1848. 

"(Signed) Kameitamkha ni, 

"(Signed) Kskauluohi." 
The deed of cession reads as follows: 

" In consequence of the difficulties In which we find ourselves involved, and our 
opinion of the impossibility of complying with the demands in the manner in which 
they are made by Her Britannic Majesty's Representative upon us, in reference to 
the claims of British subjects, We do hereby .cede the group of Islands known as the 
Hawaiian (or Sandwich) Islands, unto the Right Honorable Lord George Paulet, Gap- 
tain of Her Britannic Majesty's Ship of War Carynfort, representing Her Majesty 
Victoria, Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, from this date, and the time being ; the 
said cession being made with the reservation that it is subject to any arrangement 
that may have been entered into by the Representatives appointed by us to treat with 
the Government of Her Britannic Majesty ; and in the event that no agreement has 
been executed previous to the date hereof, subject to the decision of Her Britannic 
Majesty's Government, on conference with the said Representatives appointed by us ; 
or in the event of Our Representatives not being accessible, or not having been ac- 
knowledged, subject to the decision which Her Britannic Majesty may pronounce on 
the receipt of full information from us, and from the Right Honorable Lord George 
Paulet 

4, In confirmation of the above, we hereby afllx our names and seals, this twentj"- 
fifth day of February, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and forty- 
three, at Honolulu, Oahu, Sandwich Islands. 

" Signed in the presence of G. P. Jcdd, Recorder and Translator for the Gov- 

44 Kamehameha Ill, 

44 KXKAUXUOHJ." 

On the same day Lord George Paulet issued a proclamation, to the effect that : 

1st— The British Sag should be hoisted on all the Islands of the group, and the 
natives to enjoy the protection and privileges of British subjects. 

3d.— The Government should, for the time being, be carried on, so far as regarded 
the native population, by the native King and Chiefs, and the officers employed by 
them : and by a commission, consisting of Kamehameha HI, or a deputy appointed 
by him, and also the Right Honorable Lord George Paulet, Duncan Forbes Mackay* 
Esq., and Lieutenant Frere, R. N., in all that concerned relations with Foreign 
Powers, (except the negotiations with the British Government) and the arrangements 
amongst foreigners resident on the Islands. 

3d. —The existing laws and those thereafter to be made by the King and Chiefs to 
remain in full force so far as natives were concerned, and to form the basis of the 



* 



Digitized by Google 



* 

AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. %\ 

4th.— The officers for the collection of the revenue to retain their offices, at the 
pleasure of the King and Chlefe, with their salaries ; the accounts to be submitted to 
the commission for examination. Government vessels to be subject to employment, 
If required, for Her Britannic Majesty's service. 

5th. — No sales, leases, or transfers of land, by the Government or people, to take 
place between the 24th of February, 1848, and the receipt of notification from Great 
Britain, of the arrangements made there. 

6th.— All existing bona-fide engagements of the native King and Premier were to 
be executed and performed as if the cession had uever been made. 

By request of the King, Dr. Judd hod acted as His Majesty's deputy on the com- 
mission, from the time of its inception until, by its action, the statute in regard to 
fornication was so far amended as to render it a dead letter. This took place on the 
10th of May. Dr. Judd, as the King's deputy, entered his protest against some of 
the proceedings of the commission, and especially against the action above mentioned. 

On the 11th, Dr. Jndd sent in bis resignation to the commission, thus withdrawing 
the King from all participation with, or responsibility for, their acts. The remaining 
commissioners, however, continued to conduct the business of the Government as 
before. A regiment was raised among the natives, armed and equipped at the ex- 
pense of the Hawaiian treasury, but called " The Queen's Own," the ofllcere of which, 
took the oath of allegiance to a foreign sovereign. 

On the 2d of July, H. B. Ms Ship Hazard, Capt. Bell, arrived from Tahiti. A few 
days after, on the 11th, the U. 8. Frigate Contliiutum, Com. Kearney, arrived from 
China. On learning of the cession of the Islands, Com. Kearney issued his protest to 
the act of the King in making it, and also to the acts of the commission, wherein the 
rights of American citizens had in any manner suffered. 

At this time the King was at Lahaina, his usual place of residence. Lord George, 
who had arrived from Hilo on the 16th, dispatched a vessel to bring the King to Hon- 
olulu, but he did not come at that time. Instead, however, a printed royal proclama- 
tion was sent down, including the protest and resignation of Dr. Judd,' the King's 
deputy, and, after making various complaints, His Majesty disowned the acts of the 
commission, and charged them with having violated the terms of the compact of 
cession. 

On the 25th the King arrived at Honolulu, and on the 26th, H. B. Ms line-of-battle 
Ship the Rear Admiral Thomas, arrived from Valparaiso. [Immediately after 

the cession of the Islands to Lord George Paulet, that officer had dispatched a vessel 
to Valparaiso to inform the Admiral, who at once, on the receipt of the news, sailed 
for Honolulu.] 

Shortly after the Dublin had anchored, a note was dispatched from the Admiral to 
the King, requesting an interview, and on the 27th and 38th, long conferences were 
held, in which the Admiral manifested very kindly and friendly feelings towards the 
King, and no demands were made that the latter could not cheerfully comply with. 
The conferences terminated by the expression of a desire on the part of the Admiral, 
that the Hawaiian flag should be restored, and Monday, July 81st, was appointed for 
the formal and public act of restoration. As soon as this was known abroad among 
the people, universal rejoicing and excitement prevailed. 

The 31st of July was a great day for the Hawaiians. ' On the plain of Waikiki, tents 
were erected for the accommodation of the King and the Admiral and their suites, 
and the foreigners and their ladies. 

Brass field-pieces, and a line of marines, about four hundred in number, reached 
across the centre of the square, A flag-staff, with the national ensign furled, was 



Digitized by Google 



22 UONOL VL U DIRECTOR 7, 

planted near to the lower tent, by the side of which, the King and Admiral Thomas 
took their stand. Simultaneously, the folds of the national flag and the smoke of the 
field-pieces were floating in the air, and the roar of the cannon announced that the 
King was free and his flag restored. This was followed by the raising of the flag at 
the forts and a national salute from the guns of each, and from the war vessels in 
port, viz: The Dublin, Oaryufwt and Hazard, English; and the Cvnxtituiion, Ameri- 
can. After the close of the salutes, marching and various evolutions were performed 
by the marines, exhibiting the manner of attack and defense, with discliarges of the 
field-pieces and musketry. These evolutions being finished, the King was escorted 
to his house, where he was met by the officers of "the Queen's Regiment," tender- 
ing their submission and sueing for pardon, for by swearing allegiance to another sov- 
ereign, they had forfeited their lives. Their pardon was graciously granted by the 
King, who seemed to feel that the day was a fit one for a general amnesty. At one 
o'clock, a large concourse of people assembled in the stone church, where public 
thanksgiving was offered. The King, who with the attendant chiefs was present, 
made an address to the people, in which he announced to them that according to his 
hope expressed on the 25th of February, (the date of cession) the life of his Kingdom 
had been restored — that he could now call upon them to look to him as their Sover- 
eign, and would assure them that it would be his aim to administer the laws with 
impartiality and justice. 

On this occasion, the King made use of the words, " Ua mau ke ea o ka aina i kn 
pono,"— the life of the land is established in well-doing,— which has since been 
adopted as the Hawaiian national motto. 

This speech was followed by interpreting the declaration of Admiral Thomas, 
made to the King on the occasion of the restoration — a declaration of some length, 
containing many just and important sentiments, and asserting that all differences be- 
tween the two nations were adjusted, and that Her Majesty, Queen Victoria, desired 
King Kamehameha to be treated as an Independent Sovebeign. 

Ten days of rejoicing were allowed to all classes of people throughout the Isl- 
ands, during which time, they were released from all public work ; and all persons 
in confinement for breach of the laws during the interregnum were set at liberty. 

Tho 81st of July, or restoration-day, was observed as a national holiday until of late 
years, the practice having now fallen into disuse. It was thought to be in bad taste 
to celebrate the anniversary of the day on which that which had been wrongfully ta- 
ken away, was again restored. 

The somewhat singular fact may be here mentioned, that while the events last re- 
lated were transpiring at the Islands, the King's Envoys, Messrs. Richards and 
Haalllio, were engaged in Europe on the business on which they had been sent, and 
had so far advanced in their negotiations, that intelligence was received by the U. 8. 8. 
Cyane, on July 4th, 1843, that the Courts of Great Britain and France, were ready to 
acknowledge the Independence of the islands. The formal recognition took place on 
the 28th of November, 1848, as has previously been stated. That day has ever since 
been observed as a national holiday. 

TRANSLATION OF THE BIBLE. 

It may be interesting at this date, to those who read the Hawaiian language, to 
know who translated the Holy Scriptures into the Hawaiian tongue. From the Rev. 
Sheldon Dibble's work, we copy the following table : 



Digitized by Google 



# 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



Translator*. 



Where, firgt printed. 



Matthew, 
Mark, 
Lake, 
John, 
Acts, 
Romans, 

1. Corinthian b, 

2. Corinthian*, 
Galatlans— Philippians, 
Colossians— Hebre wa, 
James, . 
1. Peter and 2. Peter, 

1. 2. and 8. John and Judc, 
Revelations, . 



Blnghara and Thurston, 
Richards, . 
Bingham, 
Thurston, 
Richards, 

Thurston and Bishop 
Richards, . . 
Thurston, 
Thurston and 
Bingham, 
Richards and 
Richards, 

Richards and Andrews, 
Richards. 



Rochester, N. Y.; 1828 

do do 1828 

Honolulu, 1829 

Rochester, N. Y., 1828 



Honolulu, 
do 



I8H 

1831 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

Translator*. 



Genesis, , 
Exodus, 
Leviticus, 
Numbers and 
Joshua, . 
Judges and Ruth, 

1. Samuel, 

2. Samuel, . 

1. Kings, 

2. Kings, . 

1. Chronicles, 

2. Chronicles, . 



Nehemiah, 

Esther, 

Job 

Psalms, 1—75, .... 
Psalms, 76—150, .... 

Proverbs, 

Ecclesiastes and Solomon's Songs, 
Isaiah, Jeremiah and Lamentations, 
Ezekiel, . .... 

Daniel, 

Hosea— Habakkuk, 
Zephaniah— Malachi, 



Thurston and Bishop, 
Richards, . . 
Bingham, 
Thurston and 
Richards, 

do 
Thurston, 
Bishop, 

Bingham and Clark, 
Thurston, . 
Bishop, . 
Green, . 
Thurston, 
Dibble, . 
Richards, . 
Thurston, 
Bingham, . 
Richards, . 
Andrews, . 
Green, . 
Richards, . 
Bingham, 
Green, 
Thurston, 
Bishop. . 



do 


1831 


do 


1831 


do 


1831 


do 


1832 


do 


1832 


do 


1832 


do 


1832 


do 


1832 


Where fir*t printed. 


Honolulu, 


1836 


do 


1836 


do 


1836 


do 


1836 


do 


1836 


do 


1835 


do 


1835 


do 


1835 


do 


1838 


do 


1838 


do 


1888 


Lahainaluna, 


1836 


Honolulu, 


183!> 


Lahainaluna, 


1835 


do 


1835 


Honolulu, 


1889 


- do 


1831-0 


do 


1839 


Lahainaluna, 


1835 


do 


1836 


do 


1836—8 


Honolulu, 


1839 


do 


1839 


do 


1839 


do 


1839 



RETURN OF THE $30,000. 

Captain Laplace, in July, 1839, had taken away Twenty Thousand Dollars from the 
Hawaiian Government, as a guarantee that 11 the Catholic worship should be de- 
clared free," etc. In 1846, the French Admiral Hamelin brought back the money 
and restored it to the government in the same packages in which? it was taken away, 
and with the seals unbroken. 

THE FRENCH RAID OF 1849. 

The year 1849 saw the Hawaiian nation, for the second time, deprived of its inde- 
pendence at the hand of a foreign aggressor. The French Admiral de Tromelin, in 
command of the frigate Iburmu-antc and the steamer Oassendi, arrived at Honolulu 
in August. M. Dillon, the French Consul, had trmnped up a series of demands 
upon the Hawaiian Government, which it may be safe to say, were baseless and un- 
just The arrival of the French force, and the ready co-operation of its commander, 
gave to 11 Dillon the much coveted opportunity of humbling this weak i 
less nation. The demands were of such a nature, that a compliance with ' 
would have amounted to an absolute loss of the nation's independence. After several 
days spent in interchanging notes between Mr. Wyllie, the Kiug's Minister of For- 



Digitized by Google 



34 HOXOL UL U DIRECTOR Y, 

cign AfMrs, and the French Admiral, (set on by M. Dillon,) the ultimatum was laid 
down that if the demands were not complied with within a specified time, hostilities 
wonld commence. ^Accordingly, at the appointed hour, the Government having 
failed to comply with the demands that had been made npon it, the French pro- 
ceeded to land in force with two brass cannons, drums beating, and colors flying. 
They met with no opposition on landing, and marched into the empty fort There 
was, however, one person to welcome them to then- barren conquest. 44 Where arc 
your soldiers V" asked the French officer. Governor Kekuanaoa replied, "They 
have all been sent to their homes in the country." 44 Where are their arms !" The 
reply was, " Each man takes his gun with him." "I require you to surrender this 
Fort and all the munitions of war." The Governor answered, with a sly twinkle in 
his eye, 44 Tou have got every thing already. There is nothing left to surrender. I 
bid you good morning." So saying, the Governor bowed, and left the victorious in- 
vaders In full possession of a coral-built fort, a few old cannons and some kegs of 
powder. The Hawaiian flag, which was flying on the staff at the time of the occupa- 
tion by the French, was never hauled down by them, and thus, by a quibble, it was 
held that there was no infraction of the Treaty of 1843, by which France, conjointly 
with Great Britain, had agreed never on any pretence, to take possession of any por- 
tion of the Hawaiian domain. 

The French remained in occupation of the fort and government buildings for sev- 
eral weeks, during which time, a perfect stagnation of business existed in Honolulu. 
• In the magazine of the fort were a number of kegs of gun powder, (about fifty) which 
the invaders stove and poured into the harbor. For want of other material on which 
to exercise their powers, they smashed the Governor's calabashes, and with charcoal 
Inscribed on the walls of his house the fact that they were 44 lea braves " of the 
Jbursuivanle. 

During the occupation, the Port of Honolulu was strictly blockaded by the Gassen- 
diy which lay inside the harbor, while the Ihursutvante, lay outside. All inter-Island 
communication was stopped. No coasters were allowed to depart, and all arriving 
from the other islands were at once taken possession of and anchored under the pins 
of the steamer. Passengers and live stock had hard times while thus unnecessarily 
kept on board the crowded coasters. 

In 1846, the King had purchased a Baltimore built schooner, a beautiful craft, for 
which he paid $11,500. She was called the Kamehameha II L, and the King took great 
pleasure hi visiting the different islands, In the yacht Notwithstanding that the 
vessel was the King's own private property, the French Admiral seized her as she 
lay at anchor in the harbor, and put a prize crew on board of her. When the men- 
of-war departed, they took the yacht with them. It has never since been returned, 
but is somewhere at the Society Islands. 

In the Fori, the French amused themselves by spiking the guns, and endeavoring 
to hew off the trunnions of two fine brass field pieces. 

Some mischievously inclined among the foreign residents caused the report to be 
circulated, that on a certain night the natives and foreigners combined were to make 
an attack on the French in the Fort. So apprehensive were they of this that they 
erected barricades on the walls, with loopholes for musketry, and kept a strict watch 
at night It is hardly necessary to state that no one thought seriously of p">fci"g any 
such attempt on the Fort, although it could easily have been accomplished. But it 
would have given the French an excuse for extreme measures, and the town would 
have been bombarded, and Uvea sacrificed. The islands would to-day be a depen- 
dency of France. 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



But the non-resistance policy of the Ilawailan Government was the wisest, and in 
the end, the Admiral and M. Dillon gave np and retreated from the scene without 
accomplishing anything beyond some trifling mischievous absurdities, and spilling a 
few kegs of gunpowder. When they finally embarked, it seemed as though an in- 
cubus was removed from the society of Honolulu,— business revived, and cheerful- 
ness was once more restored. 

♦ 

THE CONSTITUTION OF 1853. 

On the 20th of June, 1850, the Legislature passed a Joint Resolution, providing for 
the appointment of three commissioners, one to be chosen by the King, one by the 
House of Nobles, and one by the House of Representatives, whose duty it was made 
to revise the Constitution of the Kingdom, and on or before the ensuing December, 
to issue public notice of the changes which they should recommend, and submit the 
same to the consideration of the next Legislature. The Commissioners appointed 
were,— G. P. Judd, on behalf of the King ; John Ii, for the Nobles ; and W. L. Lee, 
on behalf of the Representatives. The Constitution as prepared by them was sub- 
mitted to the Legislature, and after having been debated at length and undergone 
considerable alterations, was finally adopted on the 14th of June, 1852. 

The Constitution of 1852, was a great improvement upon that of 1840. The follow- 
ing were tho different headings : 44 Declaration of Righto 14 Form of Government ;" 
" Of Powers ;" 44 Of the Executive Power. 8ection I. The King and his preroga- 
tives ;" 44 Section II. Of the Kuhina Nui ;" 44 Section III. Of the Privy Council ;" 
44 Section IV. Of the King's Ministers ;" 44 Section V. Of the Governors ;" 44 Of the 
Legislative Power; 1 ' 44 Of the House of Nobles;" 44 Of the House of Representa- 
tives;" 44 Of the Judiciary;" 44 Of Oaths;" 44 General Provisions ;" 44 Mode of Amend- 
ing the Constitution." 

By the 78th Article, free suffrage was established, as follows : 

* 4 Every male subject of His Majesty, whether native or naturalized, and every den- 
izen of the Kingdom, who shall have paid his taxes, who shall have attained the age 
of twenty years, and who shall have resided in the Kingdom for one year immediately 
preceding the time of election, shall be entitled to one vote for the representative or 
representatives of the district in which he may have resided three months next pre- 
ceding the day of election ; provided that no insane person, nor any person who 
shall at any time have been convicted of any infamous crime within this Kingdom, 
unless he shall have been pardoned by the King, and by the terms of such pardon 
been restored to all the rights of a subject, shall be allowed to vote." 

Thus it will be seen that the Constitution of 1852 was a most liberal one. The leg- 
islative power of the Kingdom was vested in the King, the House of Nobles, and the 
House of Representatives ; each of whom had a negative on the other. The office of 
the Kuhina Nui, or Prime Minister, which had been first instituted by Kamehameha 
I., in appointing Kaahumanu as the Minister of Liholiho, was continued by the pro- 
visions of this Constitution. a 

There was instituted a council of state for advising the King in the executive part 
of the Government, and directing the affairs of the Kingdom, according to the Con- 
stitution and Laws, the members of which body were appointed by the King, and 
held their office during His Majesty's pleasure. The Cabinet, consisting of the Min- 
ister of Foreign Affairs, the Minister of the Interior, the Minister of Finance, and 
the Attorney General, together with the Governors of the Islands, were cx-officio 
members of the Privy Council. 

The Judicial power of the Kingdom was vested in one Supreme Court, consisting 
4 



Digitized by Google 



\ 



20 HONOLULU DIRECTORY^ 

of a Chief, and two Associate Justices, and four Circuit Courts, besides one petty 
justice for each district throughout the Islands. 

The Constitution of 1852 continued in force until 1864, when his present Majesty, 
who came to the throne by the death of his brother, Kamehameha IV., Nov. 80, 1868, 
called a Convention, to consider certain proposed amendments. The Convention, 
composed of the nobles, the King's Ministers, and delegates elected by the people, 
assembled at Honolulu, bnt after some weeks spent in debating the draft of a new 
Constitution, it appeared that an irreconcilable difference of opinion existed between 
His Majesty's Government and many of the delegates. The consequence was, that 
the Convention was dissolved, and on the 30th of August, the King granted and pro- 
mulgated the present Constitution, he having abrogated that of 1852. In order that 
our readers may have the fundamental law of the land in a permanent shape for refer- 
ence, we here reprint the 

CONSTITUTION 

Granted bt His Majesty Kamehameha V., by the Grace of God, Kino or 
the Hawaiian Islands, on the Twentieth Day of August, A. D. 1804. 

Article 1. God hath endowed all men with certain inalienable rights ; amoug which 
are life, liberty, and right of acquiring, possessing, and protecting property, and of 
pursuing and obtaining safety and happiness. 

Article 2. All men are free to worship God according to the dictates of their own 
consciences ; but this sacred privilege hereby secured, shall not be so construed as to 
justify acts of licentiousness, or practices inconsistent with the peace or safety of the 
Kingdom. 

Article 3. All men may freely speak, write, and publish their sentiments on all 
subjects, being responsible for the abuse of that right, and no kw fi hall be enacted to 
restrain the liberty of speech, or of the press, except such laws as may be necessary 
for the protection of His Majesty the King and the Royal Family. 

Article 4. All men shall have the right, in an orderly and peaceable manner, to 
assemble, without arms, to consult upoc the common good, and to petition the King 
or Legislative Assembly for redress of grievances. 

Article 5. The privilege of the writ of Habeas Corpus belongs to all men, and 
shall not be suspended, unless by the King, when in cases of rebellion or invasion, 
the public safety shall require its suspension. 

Article 6. No person Bhall be subject to punishment for any offence, except on 
due and legal conviction thereof, in a Court having jurisdiction of the case. 

Article 7. No person shall be held to answer for any crime or offence, (except in 
cases of impeachment, or for offences within the jurisdiction of a Police or District 
Justiee, or in summary proceedings for contempt,) unless upon indictment, fully and 
plainly describing such crime or offence, and he shall have the right to meet the wit- 
nesses who are produced against him face to face ; to produce witnesses and proofs 
in his own favor; and by himself or his counsel, at his election, to examine the wit- 
nesses produced by himself, and cross-examine those produced against him, and to 
be fully heard in his defence. In all cases in which the right of trial by Jury has been 
heretofore used, it shall be held inviolable forever, except in actions of debt or 
assumpsit in which the amount claimed is less than Fifty Dollars. 

Article a No person shall be required to answer again for an offence, of which he 
has been duly convicted, or of which he has been duly acquitted upon a good and 
sufficient indictment. 



Digitized by Google 



x AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 27 

Article 9. No person shall be compelled, in any criminal case, to be a witness against 
himself; nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law. 

Article 10. No person shall sit as a judge or juror, in any case in which his relative 
Is interested, either as plaintiff or defendant, or in the issue of which the said judge 
or juror, may have, either directly or through a relative, any pecuniary interest 

Article 11. Involuntary servitude, except for crime, is forever prohibited in this 
Kingdom ; whenever a slave shall enter Hawaiian Territory, he shall be free. 

Article 12. Every person has the right to be secure from all unreasonable searches 
and aeisures of his person, his house, his papers, and effects ; and no warrants shall 
issue, but on probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and describing the 
place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 

Article 18. The King conducts His Government for the common good ; and not 
for the profit, honor, or private interest of any one man, family, or class of men 
among His subjects. 

Article 14. Each member of society has a right to bo protected by it, in the enjoy- 
ment of his life, liberty, and property, according to law ; and, therefore, he shall be 
obliged to contribute his proportional share to the expense of this protection, and to 
give his personal services, or an equivalent when necessary ; but no part of the pro- 
perty of any individual shall be taken from him, or applied to public uses, without his 
own consent, or the enactment of the Legislative Assembly, except the same shall 
be necessary for the military operation of the Kingdom in time of war or insurrection ; 
and whenever the public exigencies may require that the property of any individual 
should be appropriated to public uses, he shall receive a reasonable compensation 
therefor. 

Article 15. No subsidy, duty or tax of any description shall be established or 
levied, without the consent of the Legislative Assembly; nor shall nny money be 
drawn from the Public Treasury without such consent, except when between the ses- 
sions of the Legislative Assembly the emergencies of war, Invasion, rebellion, pesti- 
lence, or other public disaster shall arise, and then not without the concurrence of 
all the Cabinet, and of a majority of the whole Privy Council ; and the Minister of 
Finance shall render a detailed account of such expenditure to the Legislative 
Assembly. 

Article 16. No Retrospective Laws shall ever be enacted. 

Article 17. The Military shall always be subject to the laws of the land ; and no 
soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any house without the consent of the 
owner ; nor in time of war, but in a manner to be prescribed by the Legislature. 

Article 18. Every Elector shall be privileged from arrest on election days, during 
his attendance at election, and in going to and returning therefrom, except in cases 
of treason, felony, or breach of the peace. 

Article 19. No Elector shall be so obliged to perform military duty, on the day of 
election, as to prevent his voting ; except in time of war, or public danger. 

Article 20. The Supreme Power of the Kingdom in its exercise, is divided into the 
Executive, Legislative, and Judicial ; these shall always be preserved distinct, and no 
Judge of a Court of Record shall ever be a member of the Legislative Assembly. 

Article 21. The Government of this K ingdom is that of a Constitutional Monarchy, 

Article 22. The Crown Is hereby permanently confirmed to His Majesty Kameha- 
meha V., and to the Heirs of His body lawfully begotten, and to their lawful Descend- 
ants in a direct line; failing whom, the Crown shall descend to Her Royal Highness 
the Princess Victoria Karanmalu Kaahumanu, and the heirs of her body, lawfully 



Digitized by Google 



* 



28 HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 

begotten, aud their lawful descendants in a direct line. The Succession shall be to 
the senior male child, and to the heirs of his body ; failing a male child, the succession 
shall be to the senior female child, and to the heirs of her body. In case there is no 
heir as above provided, then the successor shall be the person whom the Sovereign 
shall appoint with the consent of tho Nobles, and publicly proclaim as snch during 
the King's life ; but should there be no such appointment and proclamation, and the 
Throne should become vacant, then the Cabinet Council, immediately after the occurr- 
ing of such vacancy, shall cause a meeting of the Legislative Assembly, who shall 
elect by ballot some native Alii of the Kingdom as Successor to the Throne ; and the 
Successor so elected shall become a new Stlrps for a Royal Family ; and the succession 
from the Sovereign thus elected, shall be regulated by the same Law as the Present 
Royal Family of Hawaii. 

Article 33. It shall not be lawful for any member of the Royal Family of Hawaii 
who may by Law succeed to the Throne, to contract Marriage without the consent 
of the Reigning Sovereign. Every Marriage so contracted shall be void, and the per- 
son so contracting a Marriage, may, by the Proclamation of the Reigning Sovereign, 
be declared to have forfeited His or Her right to the Throne, and after such Procla- 
mation, the Right of Succession Bhall vest in the next Heir as though such offender 
were Dead. - 

Article 34. His Majesty Kamehameha V. will, and His Successors upon coming to 
the Throne, Bhall take the following oath : I solemnly swear in the presence of 
Almighty God, to maintain the Constitution of the Kingdom whole and inviolate, 
and to govern in conformity therewith. 

Article 25. No person shall ever sit upon the Throne, who has been convicted of 
any infamous crime, or who Is Insane, or an idiot 

Article 26. The King is the Commander-in-Chief of the Army and Navy, and of all 
other Military Forces of the Kingdom, by sea and land ; and has full power by Him- 
self or by any officer or officers He may appoint, to train and govern such forces, as 
He may judge best for the defense and safety of the Kingdom. But he shall never 
proclaim war without the consent of the Legislative Assembly. 

Article 27. The King, by and with the advice of His Privy Council, has the power 
to grant reprieves and pardons, after conviction, for all offences, except in cases of 
impeachment 

Article 28. The King, by and with the advice of His Privy Council, convenes the 
Legislative Assembly at the seat of Government, or at a different place, if that should 
become dangerous from an enemy, or any dangerous disorder ; and in case of dis- 
agreement between His Majesty and the Legislative Assembly, he adjourns, prorogues, 
or dissolves it, but not beyond the next ordinary Session ; under any great emergency, 
he may convene the Legislative Assembly to extraordinary Sessions. 

Article 29. The King has the power to make Treaties. Treaties involving changes 
in the Tariff or in any law of the Kingdom, shall be referred for approval to the Leg- 
islative Assembly. The King appoints Public Ministers, who shall be commissioned, V 
accredited, and instructed agreeably to the usage and law of Nations. 

Article 80. It is the King's Prerogative to receive and acknowledge Public Min- 
isters ; to Inform the Legislative Assembly by Royal Message, from time to time, of 
the state of the Kingdom, and to recommend to its consideration such measures as 
he shall judge necessary and expedient 

Article 31. The person of the King Is inviolable and sacred. Ills Ministers are 
responsible. To the King belongs the Executive power. All laws that have passed 
the Legislative Assembly, shall require His Majesty's signature In order to their 
validity. 



Digitized by Google 



AND HiHTOMCAL SKETCH. 29 

Article 33. Whenever, upon the decease of the Reigning Sovereign, the Heir f»hnll 
be less than eighteen years of age, the Royal Power shall be exercised by a Regent or 
Council of Regcnoy, as hereinafter provided. 

Article 33. It shall be lawful for the King at any time when he may be about 
to absent himself from the Kingdom, to appoint a Regent or Council of Regency, 
who ehall administer the Government in His name; and likewise the King may, 
by His last Will and Testament, appoint a Regent or Council of Regency to adminis- 
ter the Government during the minority of any Heir to the Throne; aud should a 
Sovereign decease, leaving a Minor Heir, and having made no last Will and Testament, 
the Cabinet Council at the time of such decease shall be a Council of Regency, until 
the Legislative Assembly, which shall be called immediately, may be assembled, and 
the Legislative Assembly immediately that it is assembled ehall proceed to choose by 
ballot, a Regent or Council of Regency, who shall administer the Government in the 
name of the King, and exercise all the Powers which are Constitutionally vested in 
the King, until he shall have attained the age of eighteen years, which age is declared 
to be the Legal Majority of such Sovereign. 

Article 34. The King is Sovereign of all the Chiefs and of all the People ; the 
Kingdom is His. 

Article 35. All titles of Honor, Orders and other distinctions, emanate from the 
King. 

Article 86. The King coins money, and regulates the currency by law. 

Article 87. The King, in case of invasion or rebellion, can place the whole king- 
dom or any part of it under martial law. 

Article 38. The National Ensign Bhall not be changed, except by Act of the Legis- 
lature. 

Article 39. The King's private lands and other property are inviolable. 
Article 40. The King cannot be sued or held to account in any Court or Tribunal 
of tho Realm. 

Article 41. There shall continue to be a Council of State, for advising the King in 
all matters for the good of the 8tate, wherein He may require its advice, and for as- 
sisting Him in administering the Executive aflkirs of the Government, in such manner 
as He may direct ; which Council Bhall be called the King's Privy Council of 8tate, and 
the members thereof shall be appointed by the King, to hold office during His Majes- 
ty's pleasure. 

Article 43. The King's Cabinet shall consist of a Minister of Foreign Affairs, the 
Minister of the Interior, the Minister of Finance, and the Attorney General of the 
Kingdom, and these shall be His Majesty's Special Advisers in the Executive aflhirs of 
the kingdom ; and they shall be cx-officio members of His Majesty's Privy Council of 
State. They shall be appointed and commissioned by the King, and hold office dur- 
ing His Majesty's pleasure, subject to impeachment No act of the King shall have 
any effect unless It be countersigned by a Minister, who by that signature makes him- 
self responsible. 

Article 43. Each member of the King's Cabinet shall keep an office at the seat of 
Government, and shall be accountable for the conduct of his deputies or clerks. The 
Ministry hold scats ex-offlclo, as Nobles, in the Legislative Assembly. 

Article 44. The Minister of Finance shall present to the Legislative Assembly In 
the name of the Government, on tho first day of the meeting of the Legislature, the 
Financial Budget, in the Hawaiian and English languages. 

Article 45. The Legislative power of the Three Estates of this kingdom is vested 
in the King, aud the Legislative Assembly; which Assembly shall consist of the No- 



Digitized by Google 



1 



30 HONOLULU MJiECTOIlY, 

bice appointed by the King, and of the Representatives of the People, sitting to- 
gether. 

Article 46. The Legislative Body shall assemble biennially, in the month of April, 
and at such other time as the King may judge necessary, for the purpose of seeking 
the welfare of the Nation. This Body shall be styled the Legislature of the Hawa- 
iian Kingdom. 

Article 47. Every member of the Legislative Assembly shall take the following 
oath : I most solemnly swear, In the presence of Almighty God, that I will faithfully 
support the Constitution of the Hawaiian Kingdom, and conscientiously and Impar- 
tially discharge my duties as a member of this Assembly. 

Article 48. The Legislature has full power and authority to amend the Constitu- 
tion as hereinafter provided ; and from time to time to make all manner of whole- 
some laws, not repugnant to the provisions of the Constitution. 

Article 49. The King shall signify His approval of any Bill or Resolution, which 
shall have passed the Legislative Assembly, by signing the same previous to the flual 
rising of the Legislature. But if He shall object to the passing of such Bill or Res- 
olution, He wiU return it to the Legislative Assembly, who shall enter the fact of 
such return on its journal, and such Bill or Resolution shall not be brought forward 
thereafter during the same session. 

Article 50. The Legislative Assembly shall be the judge of the qualifications of its 
own members, and a majority shall constitute a quorum to do business ; but a smaller 
number may adjourn from day to day, and compel the attendance of absent members, 
in such manner and under such penalties as the Assembly may provide. 

Article 51. The Legislative Assembly shall choose its own officers and determine 
the Rules of its own proceedings. 

Article 52. The Legislative Assembly shall have authority to punish by imprison- 
ment, not exceeding thirty days, every person, not a member, who shall be guilty of 
disrespect to the Assembly, by any disorderly or contemptuous behavior In its pres- 
ence ; or who, dnring the time of its sitting, shall publish any false report of its 
proceedings, or insulting comments upon the same ; or who shall threaten harm to 
the body or estate of any of its members, for anything Bald or done in the Assembly ; 
or who shall assault any of them therefor, or who shall assault or arrest uny w lines*, 
or other person ordered to attend the Assembly, in his way going or returning ; or 
who shall rescue any person arrested by order of the Assembly. 

Article 53. The Legislative Assembly may punish Its own members for disorderly 
behavior. 

Article 54. The Legislative Assembly shall keep a journal of its proceedings ; and 
the yeas and nays of the members, on any question, shall, at the desire of one-fifth of 
those present, be entered on the journal. 

Article 55. The Members of the Legislative Assembly shall, in all cases, except 
treason, felony, or breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attend- 
ance at the Sessions of the Legislature, and in going to and returning from the same ; 
and they shall not be held to answer for any speech or debate made In the Assembly, 
in any other Court or place whatsoever. 

Article 56. The Representatives shall receive for their services a compensation to 
be ascertained by law, and paid out of the Public Treasury, but no increase of com- 
pensation shall take effect during the year in which it shall have been made ; and no 
law shall be passed, increasing the compensation of said Representatives beyond the 
sum of Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars for each session. 

Article 57. The King appoints the Nobles, who shall hold their appointments 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 31 

daring life, subject to the provisions of Article 53 ; but their number shall not exceed 
twenty. 

Article 58. No person shall be appointed a Noble who shall not have attained the 
age of twenty-one years and resided in the Kingdom Ave years. 

Article 59. The Nobles shall be a Court, with full and solo authority to hear and 
determine all impeachments made by the Representatives, as the Grand Inquest of 
the Kingdom, against any officers of the Kingdom, for misconduct or mal-administra- 
tion in their offices ; but previous to the trial of every impeaclunent the Nobles shall 
respectively be sworn, truly and impartially to try and determine the charge in ques- 
tion, according to evidence and the law. Their judgment, however, shall not extend 
further than to removal from office and disqualification to hold or enjoy any place of 
honor, trust, or profit, under this Government ; but the party so convicted shall be, 
nevertheless, liable to indictment, trial, judgment and punishment according to the 
laws of the land. No Minister shall sit as a Noble on the trial of any impeachment. 

Article (50. The Representation of the People shall be based upon the principle of 
equality, and shall be regulated and apportioned by the Legislature according to the 
population, to be ascertained, from time to time, by the official census. The Repre- 
sentatives shall not be less in number than twenty-four, nor more than forty, who 
shall be elected biennially. 

Article 61. No person shall be eligible for a Representative of the People, who is 
insane or an idiot ; nor unless he be a male subject of the Kingdom, who shall have 
arrived at the full age of Twenty-One years — who shall know how to read and write 
— who shall understand accounts— and shall have been domiciled in the Kingdom for 
at least three years, the last of which shall be the year immediately preceding his 
election ; and who shall own Real Estate, within the Kingdom, of a clear value, over 
and above all incumbrances, of at least Five Hundred Dollars ; or who shall have an 
annual income of at least Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars, derived from any property, 
or some lawful employment. 

Article 63. Every male subject of the Kingdom, who shall have paid his taxes, 
who shall have attained the age of twenty years, and shall have been domiciled in tho 
Kingdom for one year immediately preceding the election ; and shall be possessed of 
Real Property in this Kingdom, to the value over and above all incumbrances of One 
Hundred and Fifty Dollars— or of a Lease-hold property on which the rent is Twenty- 
five Dollars per year — or of an income of not less than Seventy-five Dollars per year, 
derived from any property or some lawful employment and shall know how to read 
and write, if born since the year 1840 and shall have caused his name to be entered on 
the list of voters of his District as may be provided by law, shall be entitled to one 
vote for the Representative or Representatives of that District Provided, however, 
that no insane or idiotic person, nbr any person who shall have been convicted of 
any infamous crime within this Kingdom, unless he shall have been pardoned by 
the King, and by the terms of such pardon have been restored to all the rights of a 
subject, fcliall be allowed to vote. 

Article 68. The property qualification of the Representatives of the People, and 
of the Electors may be increased by law. 

Article 64. The Judicial Power of the Kingdom shall be vested in one Supreme 
Court, and in such Inferior Courts as the Legislature may, from time to time, es- 
tablish. 

Article 65. The Supreme Court shall consist of a Chief Justice, and not loss than 
two Associate Justices, any of whom may hold the Court The Justices of the 
Supreme Court shall hold their offices during good behavior, subject to removal 
upon impeachment, and shall, at stated times, receive for their services a compensa- 



Digitized by Google 



32 UONOL UL U DI&EVTOR 7, 

tioo, which shall not be diminished daring their continuance in office. Provided, 
however, that any Judge of tho Supreme Court or any other Court of Record may bo 
removed from office, on a resolution passed by two-thirds of the Legislative Assem- 
bly, for good cause shown to the satisfaction of the King. The Judge against whom 
the Legislative Assembly may be about to proceed, shall receive notice thereof, ac- 
companied by a copy of the causes alleged for his removal, at least ten days before 
tho day on which the Legislative Assembly shall act thereon. He shall be heard 
before the Legislative Assembly. 

Article 66. The Judicial Power shall be divided among the Supreme Court and 
the several Inferior Courts ot the Kingdom, in such manner as the Legislature may, 
from time to time, prescribe, and the tenure of office hi the Inferior Courts of the 
Kingdom shall be such as may be defined by the law creating them. 

Article 67. The Judicial Power shall extend to all cases in law and equity, arising 
under the Constitution and laws, of this Kingdom, and Treaties made, or which shall 
be made under their authority, to all cases affecting Public Ministers and Consuls, 
and to all cases of Admiralty and Maritime jurisdiction. 

Article 68. The Chief Justice of the Supreme Court shall be the Chancellor of tho 
Kingdom ; he shall be ex officio President of the Nobles in all cases of impeachment, 
unless when impeached himself ; and exercise such jurisdiction in equity or other 
cases as the law may confer upon hini ; his decisions being subject, however, to the 
revision of the Supreme Court on appeal. Should tho Chief Justice ever be im- 
peached, some person specially commissioned by the King shall be President of the 
Court of Impeachment during such trial. 

Article 69. Tho decisions of tho 8uprome Court, when made by a majority of tho 
Justices thereof, shall be final and conclusive upon all parties. 

Article 70. The King, His Cabinet, and the Legislative Assembly, shall have 
authority to require the opinions of the Justices of the Supreme Court, upon impor- 
tant questions of law, and upon solemn occasions. 

Article 7L The King appoints the Justices of the Supreme Court, and all other 
Judges of Courts of Record ; their salaries arc fixed by law. 

Article 72. No Judge or Magistrate can sit alone on an appeal or new trial, in any 
case on which he may have giveu a previous Judgment 

Article 73. No person shall ever hold any office of Honor, Trust, or Profit under 
the Government of the Hawaiian Islands, who shall, in duo course of law, have been 
convicted of Theft, Bribery, Perjury, Forgery, Embezzlement, or other high crime or 
misdemeanor, unless he shall have been pardoned by the King, and restored to his 
Civil Rights, and by the express terms of his pardon, declared to be appointablc to 
offices of Trust, Honor, and Profit. 

Article 74 No officer of this Government shall hold. any office, or receive any 
salary from any other Government or Power whatever. 

Article 75. The Legislature votes the Appropriations biennially, after duo consid- 
eration of the Revenue and expenditure for the two preceding years, and tho esti- 
mates of the revenue and expenditure of the two succeeding yeare, which shall bo 
submitted to them by the Minister of Finance. 

Article 76. The enacting style in making and passing all Acts and Laws shall be, 
" Be it enacted by the King, and the Legislative Assembly of the Hawaiian Islands, 
in the Legislature of the Kingdom assembled." 

Article 77. To avoid improper influences which may result from intermixing in 
one and the same Act, such things as have no proper relation to each other, every 
law shall embrace but one object, and that shall be expressed in its title. 



■ 



Digitized by Google 



« 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 33 

Article 78. All laws in force In this Kingdom, shall continue and remaln'ln fall 
effect, until altered or repealed by the Legislature ; such parte only excepted aa are 
repugnant to this Constitution. All laws heretofore enacted, or that may hereafter 
he enacted, which are contrary to this Constitution, shall be null and void. 

Article 79. This Constitution shall be in force from the Twentieth day of August 
in the year One Thousand Eight Hundred and 8ixty-Four, but that there may be no 
failure of Justice, or inconvenience to the Kingdom, from any change, all officers of 
this Kingdom, at the time this Constitution shall take effect, shall have, hold, and 
exercise all the power to them granted, until other persons shall be appointed in 
their stead. 

Article 80. Any amendment or amendments to this Constitution may be proposed 
in the Legislative Assembly, and if the same shall be agreed to by a majority of the 
members thereof, such proposed amendment or amendments shall be entered on lis 
journal, with the yeas and nays taken thereon, and referred to the next Legislature; 
which proposed amendment or amendments shall be published for three months pre- 
vious to the next election of Representatives ; and if in the next Legislature such 
proposed amendment or amendment* shall be agreed to by two-thirds of all the mem- 
bers of the Legislative Assembly, and be approved by the King, such amendment or 
amendments shall become part of the Constitution of this country. 

Kamebamkha R. 

BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS TO QUIET LAND TITLES. 

When the islands were conquered by the first Kamehameha, he followed the prac- 
tice of the successful conquerers who had preceded him, and divided out the lands 
among the principal chiefs, reserving, however, for himself, a portion, to be cultivated 
by his immediate retainers and servants. The chiefs in turn, again divided the pos- 
session of the lands to their subordinates and retainers, so that frequently the occu- 
pation of a land would pass through five or six persons, from the King down to the 
lowest class of agriculturists. The rights of these tenants do not appear to have been 
very clearly denned, but yet were in some sort acknowledged, 8 till, the King, it was 
well understood, was the lord of the soil, and could not only chum a land tax, In his 
discretion, but also the personal services of all, from the highest to the lowest, and 
might even dispossess them Of their lands at pleasure, on a failure to render required 
service. 

These feudal rights of the King descended to his heirs on the throne, Kamehameha 
II. and ILL The latter, however, with a generosity which was characteristic of him, 
on the 27th of April, 184ft, approved an Act to organize the Executive Departments, 
in one portion of which was a provision for the appointment by the King, of a com- 
mission for quieting land titles, he conferring upon them all his private and public 
power over the corporate property in lands claimed by private persons, which in the 
nature of things he could delegate. Accordingly, the following persons were ap- 
pointed such commissioners ; William Richards, John Rlcord, J. T. Kanehoa, John 
Ii, and Z. Kaauwai. On their appointment, each of the commissioners took and sub- 
scribed an oath to carefully and impartially investigate all claims of lands submitted 
to them by private parties. On the 14th of February, the following notice appeared 
in the mjnesian newspaper : 

"To all Claimants of Lands in the Hawaiian Islands. 
" The undersigned have been appointed by His Majesty, the King, a Board of Com- 
missioners to investigate and confirm or reject all claims to land arising previously to 
the 10th day of December, A. D., 1845. 
5 



Digitized by Google 



34 HONOLULU DIRECTORY) 

" Patents in fee simple, or leases for tcrmB of years, will be issued to those entitled 
to the same, upon the report which we are authorized to make by the testimony to 
be presented to us. 

*' The Board holds its stated meetings weekly, at the Hale Kauwila, in Honolulu, 
on the Island of Oahu, to hear the parties or their counsel in defense of their claims, 
and is prepared every day to receive in writing the claims and evidences of title 
which parties may have to offer, at the office of Joseph Henry Smith, Esq., Secretary 
of said Board, at Hale Kanwila, in Honolulu, between the hours of 9 a. m. and 3 p. m. 

" All persons are required to file with the Board, by depositing with its Secretary, 
specifications of their claims to land, and to adduce the evidence upon which they 
claim title to any land in the Hawaiian Islands, before the expiration of two years 
from thiB date ; or in default of so doing, they will after that time be forever barred 
ef all right to recover the same in the courts of justice." 

Dated 11th of February, 1846, and signed by the Commissioners. 

Subsequently by an act of 1848, the existence and functions of the Board were ex- 
tended to an unlimited period. In 1858, the time for hearing proof of claims was ex- 
tended to May 1st, 1854 ; and again in 1854, to December 30th, of that year, and the 
commission finally ceased March 31, 1855. 

These commissioners, it will be seen, had a very Important duty assigned to them 
—-no less than that of adjudicating npon, confirming or rejecting the titles to real 
estate throughout the islands, and their decisions were final During the existence 
of the Board, a period of nine years, many thousand claims were examined and 
awarded. More poor people in these islands became possessed of a freehold by the 
action of this commission, thus generously granted by "Kamehameha the good," — 
as he has been appropriately styled,— than can be found in any other country, in pro* 
portion to the populatioa. 

THE BELGIAN CONTRACT. 

In November, 1840, a firm of American merchants in Honolulu— Ladd A Go.— en- 
tered into a contract with the King for extensive grants and leases of lands under 
certain conditions, one of which was, that unless the governments of Great Britain, 
France and the Uuited States acknowledged the sovereignty of the Sandwich Islands 
government and accorded to it all the rights, powers, privileges and immunities of an 
independent state, the said contract was to be null and void. 

Ladd <fe Co. were of no little service to the islands, as having been the first to in- 
augurate agricultural enterprises on an extended scale, their sugar plantation on 
Kauai, atKoloa, having by their enterprise demonstrated the feasibility of similar 
undertakings, and awakened the dormant industrial energies of the people. It was 
owing to a proper appreciation of these facts, and a worthy desire to forward the 
material interests of the country, that the government were induced to grant to 
Ladd & Co. the contract above mentioned. Mr. P. A. Brinsmade, one of the mem- 
bers of the firm, sailed for Europe some time early in 1848, carrying with him the con- 
tract, for the purpose of getting up a joint stock company, which should developC the 
resources of the islands. He was therefore in Europe at the same time with Messrs. 
Haalilio and Richards, the Hawaiian Ambassadors. These gentlemen were Induced by 
Mr. Brinsmade to meet him in Brussels and to lend their influence in negotiating a 
transfer of the contract, and all other properties of Ladd «fe Co., to the "Belgian 
Company of Colonization." 

" Based on this transfer of property," says Jarves,— p. 311, third edition of his 
history of the Hawaiian Islands-" was an involved, and considering the condition of 



Digitized by Google 



AITD HISTORICAL SKETCH. 





for the 




of Ml 



mercantile and agricultural community, formed by agents and employes sent out by 
the parent society in Belgium, who were to enjoy certain questionable monopolies 
and privileges. The King was to have been a partner and stockholder in this foreign 
stock-jobbing company, and to garantee a minimum interest of four per cent, during 
aix years. The scheme is best explained by itaelf,"--which Jarves has printed in 
full. 

The contract was signed by Messrs. Haalilio and Richards, by the former with 
great reluctance, and by the latter with a well meant desire to forward a project 
which he believed was to foster Industry and develope the resources of the islands. 
But in signing the instrument he had transcended the objects of his mission, and a* 
soon as the King and chiefs were informed of the arrangement, they expressed their 
decided disapprobation. Meantime, the Belgian Company delayed operations, and 
Mr. Brinsmade endeavored to get up other companies in other parts of Europe. In 
this he did not succeed, and the whole project fell through. But Ladd & Co. had 
become embarrassed in their pecuniary operations, and largely mortgaged to their 
creditors on Oahu the property already professedly sold and conveyed by Mr. Brins- 
made to the Belgian Company. The government, unwilling to see the agricultural 
enterprise on Kauai ruined, sustained them with loans, with security on their pro- 
perty. But their other creditors pressing, the government, in November, 1844, with 
the consent of Ladd & Co., levied on the property, and sold out their stock, leasea 
and rents, for the benefit of their judgment creditors. 

Mr. Brinsmade, having failed in raising funds on the " contract " in Europe, re- 
turned to the islands in 1846, and, after protesting publicly against the right of his 
partners to mortgage the joint property of the firm, set up a claim against the Hawa- 
iian Government of $878,000 for selliug the property, and in preventing, as he alleged, 
the Belgian scheme from going into effect. The government, feeling that they had 
throughout acted towards Ladd & Co., justly and liberally, consented to submit the 
matter in dispute to arbitrators. Two American merchants of high character, resid- 
ing on the Islands, Messrs. S. II. Williams and J. F. B. Marshall, were appointed the 
arbitrators, and the question submitted to them was this : 

u How much ought the Hawaiian Government to pay the said firm of Ladd & Co. 
for ail their property, of whatsoever name and kind, tangible and intangible, includ- 
ing contracts of every description, taking into consideration whether they, the said 
firm of Ladd & Co., are entitled to indemnity of said government for any losses or 
damages they may have sustained In consequence of any illegal acts done or wrong 
committed by the said Hawaiian Government." 

The claims of the firm against the government as sent in by them, were as follows : 

On account of having infringed their contract to Belgium and defeated it, $200,000 
For lucrative situations which they were to have had under that contract, . . 75,000 

For the sales of their properties. * . » . 82,000 

For attachment* of their properties, ... 8,000 

For non-fulnllment of contract between them and Kalkioewa, at Kauai, . . 2,000 
For non-cultivation by the King of 60 acres of cane, near the sugar mill at Koloa, 10,000 



The last item was for damages claimed for alleged libels published in the Polynesian 
newspaper in the latter part of 1845 and the beginning of 1846. The trial was reported 
in full in a pamphlet published in June, 1846. 

In August of that year, the arbitrators commenced their sessions, which were con- 
tinued until the month of December following. The object of Ladd & Qp. was \f> 




1,000 

60.000 



Making in all, 



$378,000 



Digitized by Google 



96 HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 

prore that the officers of the King had committed certain illegal acts, whereby they, 
(L. & Co.) had been deprived of their properties, and the Belgian contract prevented 
from being carried into effect Mr. Ten Eyck, who had recently been appointed U. 
8. Commissioner at the islands, and who was a lawyer of experience, acted as counsel 
for Ladd & Co., and Mr. Rlcord, the Attorney General, appeared for the King. A 
great many witnesses were examined and a large amount of documentary evidence 
was filed. Some seven hundred pages of record had been taken and printed, without, 
however, discovering anything reflecting in any way upon the honor and integrity of 
the King and his officials. Several abortive attempts were made to effect a comprom- 
ise, but the whole affair,— after involving no little expense, and causing at the time a 
great excitement in the small community of the islands, — came to naught, leaving 
behind it, however, much personal ill-feeling, which has only disappeared after a 
long lapse of years. 

THE CHARLTON LAND CASE. 

Immediately following the above account of the Ladd & Co. Imbroglio, it may be 
appropriate to refer to the Charlton land claim, on which was based one of the de- 
mands of Lord George Paulet The claim had been set up by Mr. Charlton, on the 
strength of an alleged deed from Kalaimoku, in 1826, conveying a valuable tract of 
land in Honolulu, near the water side. (It comprised the block of land now bounded 
by Nuuanu, Merchant, Kaahumanu and Queen streets.) The chiefs considered that 
the land claimed, belonged, by the most undoubted testimony, and by virtue of con- 
tinuous possession, to Kaahumanu and her heirs, and that Kalaimoku, the alleged 
grantor, had never owned it. The deed had been kept in abeyance by Charlton for 
over twenty years, and when brought forward, the supposed signer and the witnesses 
were dead. But Lord George insisted on the claim, and the King, through fear that 
the town would be bombarded, was induced, in a moment of weakness, to sign the 
document The subsequent long and troublesome negotiations on the subject of this 
claim, proved a vexatious and fruitful source of annoyance to this government ss 
well as to that of Great Britain. In 1847, Wm. Miller, Esq., the British Consul Gen- 
eral, opened a correspondence with Mr. Wyllie, the King's Minister for Foreign 
Affairs, on the subject of this claim — which, however, was no longer in the hands of 
Charlton, he having disposed of his rights to other parties. Several protracted '* In- 
vestigations at the Palace," were held, and voluminous pamphlets, containing in full 
all the evidence taken, were printed for preservation. So satisfied was the King and 
the government of the groundlessness of the claim, and such the confidence reposed 
in the justice of the British government tt* e whole matter, with all the bulky 
mass of evidence, was forwarded to the Foreign Office in London, the King agreeing 
to abide by the decision arrived at there. Whatever influences may have been 
brought to bear on the then Ministry, cannot of course be known, but to the surprise 
of many who were well acq-oainted with the circumstances of the case and the thor- 
ough investigations had here, the decision was a confirmation of the land to the repre- 
sentatives of Charlton. The land in question, as is well known, comprises to-day a 
large portion of the most valuable business sites of the city. 

EPIDEMICS. 

Of these there have been two noted ones— the first in 1848, and the second in 185S. 
The former was the measles, which swept off many thousands of the native popula- 
tion. Owing to their improvident and careless habits of living, and their distrust of 
foreigners' medicines, together with their still blind reliance— in the majority of 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 37 

cases— on the supposed skill of the charlatans which abound, known as kahunat t or 
doctors, disease, when it once gets a hold upon these people, is apt to carry them off 
very quickly. 

In the summer of 1858, that dreadful scourge, the small pox, made its appearance 
on these islands for the first time, in the city of Honolulu. It is believed to have 
been brought here in some hundred or more chests of clothing, purchased at a storage 
sale in San Francisco, and imported and sold here on speculation. The cheats and 
contents were sold at auction, and the natives purchased extensively. It is supposed 
that the clothes contained the infection. 8ome native women, who had washed a ' 
lot of these clothes, were the first to be taken with the disease. In spite of all the 
precautions used by the government, the pestilence rapidly spread over the islands. 
Commencing in the early part of June, by the end of July there was one or more 
cases of small pox in almost every district from Hawaii to Niihau. On Oahu, how- 
ever, and particularly in Honolulu, the mortality was greatest, the people dying off 
like rotten sheep. The financial resources at the command of the government were 
freely applied wherever an opportunity presented itself, but there were various and 
serious difficulties in the way. Medical men were scarce ; nurses, who had passed 
the ordeal of the disease were scarcer ; and thus it was impossible to attend properly 
to every individual case that was known, whilst hundreds and thousands — sometimes 
whole households together— perished in their miserable huts, without either medical 
care or attendance. It can never be accurately known how many died of this terrible 
epidemic during the summer months of 1858, — it declined and finally disappeared in 
the fall, — but it is fair to estimate that the entire population was decimated. 

One great cause of this extraordinary mortality was found in the fact that the peo- 
ple had not been generally vaccinnated. It was also thought at the time that the 
government had been remiss in not taking proper precautions in the quarantine es- 
tablished on some passengers who arrived from 8an Francisco in a clipper ship. 
Great excitement prevailed for the time, among the foreign residents — public meet- 
ings were held, resolutions of censure passed on the Ministry, and a memorial, con- 
demning their course in severe terms, was sent to the King. The upshot of it was 
that the Ministry tendered their portfolios to the King, and a new Ministry was 
formed, consisting however, — with but one exception, that of Dr. 6. P. Judd, Head 
of the Finance Departmentr-of the previous Ministers. The one vacant place was 
filled by the Hon. E. H. Allen, formerly U. S. Consul, and now Chief Justice. 

THE GOLD EXCITEMENT OF CALIFORNIA, 

In 1848 and 1849, caused a considerable exodus of both the foreign and native pop- 
ulation from these islands. Many went in search of the glittering treasure, with high 
hopes and rose tinted dreams of sudden affluence. Among the comparatively few 
who returned, a small minority brought back modest-sized piles, but others returned 
only to die from diseases contracted in a climate and amid exposures to which they 

VISIT OF THE PRINCES ROYAL TO AMERICA AND EUROPE. 

On the 11th of September, 1849, Br. 6. P. Judd, then Minister of Finance, with the 
Royal Princes, Alexander Liholiho, Heir to the Throne, and his brother Lot Kame- 
hameha, now His Majesty, sailed from Honolulu for America and Europe, via Cali- 
fornia. Dr. Judd bore the King's commission as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister 
Plenipotentiary to the various Foreign Courts to which he was accredited. 

After visiting the United States, England and France, the party reached Honolulu 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



- 



in good health, on the 9th of September, 1850, having been absent a year, less two 
days. 

THE DEATH OF KAMEHAMEHA III., 

Which occurred on the 15th of December, 1854, was an occasion of sincere grief to 
the entire nation. Beloved alike by both foreigners and natives for his liberal and 
generous disposition, for the uniform urbanity and consideration with which he 
treated all who came in contact with him, and moreover for the exalted and self-sacri- 
flclpg love of his people exemplified in his voluntary grant to the commons of allodial 
titles to the lands occupied by them, and of the free Constitution of 1852,— his mem* 
ory will always be green in the hearts of the Hawallans. 

HiB funeral, which was delayed for some time, was one of the most imposing spec- 
tacles ever witnessed in this island kingdom. The entire populace of Honolulu, be- 
sides many thousands who had come up from the other islands on the melancholy 
occasion, united to pay the last tribute of respect to their departed father, as they 
affectionately termed him. 

v Kauikeaouli, or Kamehameha III,, was the son of Kamehameha I., the conquerer, 
by Keopuolani, the daughter of Riwalao, who was the son of Ealaniopuu, the King 
of Hawaii at the discovery of the islands by Cook. He was born near Keauhou, in 
North Kona, Hawaii, March 17, 1814, and was consequently a few months over 40 years 
of age at the time of his death. 

REIGN OF KAMEHAMEHA IV.,— ALEXANDER LIHOLIHO. 

This talented Prince, who was the son of His late Highness, M. Kekuanaoa and 
Kinau, daughter of Kamehameha L, (and who succeeded Kaahumanu as Premier of 
the Kingdom,) was born February 9, 1884. He was educated at the Royal school, 
under the care of able and faithful teachers of the American mission. He early gave 
evidence of intellectual powers of a high order. Kamehameha IH. had adopted him 
in his childhood, and proclaimed him as heir to the throne, and on the 15th of Decem- 
ber, 1854, by the death of Kamehameha HI., his accession was hailed with pleasurable 
anticipations by the nation at large. During his reign of nine years, these anticipations 
were fully realized. He was wise, just and benevolent to a fault But the crowning 
act of his reign, and one which must ever render his memory dear to the nation, was 
the initiation of that noble public charity, "The Queen's Hospital " With note- 
book and pencil in hand he was seen, day after day, alone and on foot, canvassing the 
town for subscriptions, and it is needless to nay that his generous exertions on be- 
half of the sick and Indigent of his people met with an equally generous response. 
He had the satis faction of himself laying the corner stone of the Hospital, in 1859. 

On the 3d of June, I860, the King was married to Emma Rooke, daughter of Naea, 
a high chief, and Fanny Young, who was a daughter of the pioneer Englishman and 
companion of Kamehameha I., John Young, by Kaoanaeha, daughter of Keliimaikol, a 
cousin of Kamehameha I. The union of these two high chiefs was regarded by the 
nation at large as an earnest of the resuscitation of the line of the family of Kameha- 
meha. 

On the. 20th of May, 1858, the Queen gave birth to a boy. The people came in 
crowds with offerings, and the foreign residents sent in their congratulations upon 
the auspicious event From that time forward, until the period of his untimely 
death, the Prince of Hawaii, as he was called, was the idol of the nation. And when, 
in the month of August, 18G2, all the hopes of his Royal parents and of the nation at 
large were suddenly blasted by his premature taking away,— all wept 

From and after the death of his eon and heir, the King, once so genial in society 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 39 

and so alert In government mattere, took a change. On the 30th of November, 1863, 
the King died at the Palace, in Honolulu, at the early age of 29 years, and Lot Kame- 
hameha was proclaimed as Kamehameha V. 

As has been said before, he was a man of talent, and of such talent, that he would 
have made his mark in any country, and among any society, however, refined and 
elevated in its tone. He was eloquent and fluent In the expression of his ideas, 
courteous and deferential to those who differed with him in opinion, sometimes too 
easily swerved; but, when he felt and knew that he was right, immoveable as 
adamant. 

THE NOTABLE DEATHS OF 1857. 

The year 1857, is notable for the deaths which occurred among those who were 
prominent in Hawaiian affairs. 

May 28th, 1857, died William L. Lee, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court and 
Chancellor of the Kingdom, aged 36. He arrived here on the 12th of October, 1846, 
being then en route for Oregon, but in the then chaotic state of jurisprudence at these 
islands, he was induced to remain here, and shortly after was appointed to a high Ju- 
dicial position. On the retirement of Mr. Richards from the presidency of the Land 
Commission, he was appointed to that office, which he continued to hold, until it ex- 
pired by limitation. Judge Lee was highly esteemed by all, and his death was generally 
lamented as a national loss. On the 7th of June, 1857, Elisha H. Allen was appointed 
as his successor. 

July 2, 1857, died Konia, the mother of the Hon. Mrs. Bishop, a chiefess of high 
rank. 

July 17, Stephen Reynolds, who had for many years, been an esteemed and success- 
ful merchant in Honolulu, died at West Boxford, Mass., at an advanced age. 

July 18, John Young, (son of the first John Young,) who had held important offices 
under this government,— Kuhina Nui or Premier, Minister of the Interior, and F.ivy 
Councillor,— died at Honolulu, aged 47 years. 

August 22, near London, Eng., Admiral Thomas, the restorer of the Hawaiian flag 
in 1848, died at the ripe age of 81 years. 

David Malo, the native historian, the assistant, friend and companion of the earlier 
missionaries, also died in 1857. 

CODIFICATION OF THE CIVIL STATUTES. 

In order to a full understanding of the way in which the codification of the laws 
were brought about, we here copy the preface of the Civil Code : 

«« The following Joint Resolution was passed by the Legislature in the year 1856, to 
provide for the codification and revision of the existing laws, (except the Penal Code 
of 1850,) which were defective In many particulars, and inconvenient of reference on 
account of their being scattered through many separate volumes, and from the 
numerous alterations which had been made in them from time to time, since the 
passage of the Organic Acts of 1845-6. 

"Joint Resolution. 

" 1 Maolved. That whereas, it is desirable to codify our existing laws, His Royal 
Highness, Prince Kamehameha, the Honorable W. L. Lee, Chief Justice, and the 
Honorable George M. Robertson, Associate Judge of the Supreme Court, are ap- 
pointed a committee to prepare a complete Civil Code, adding notes with reference 
to important decisions of court under the laws, wherever they may think necessary, 
and to report the same for the sanction of the Legislature of 1858, with an appropri- 
ate index for facility of reference.' b 



Digitized by Google 



1 



40 EOKOL UL U DIRECTOR Y, 

" Id pursuance of this resolution, the work of preparing the Civil Code was com' 
menced, soon after the adjournment of the Legislature in 1856, but was much retard* 
ed by the illness and death of Chief Justice Lee. The Honorable E. H. Allen having 
been appointed to fill the vacancy in the codifying commission, the draft of the New 
Code was nearly completed when the Legislature met In June, 1858. The comission- 
ere having reported, the Legislature appointed a Joint Special Committee, consisting 
of live members from each House, to whom was referred the proposed Code, with 
instructions to report thereon at an adjourned session, to commence- on the first 
Monday of December following. The work was thoroughly examined by the Joint 
Committee, and afterwards discussed at length in the Legislature, where many alter- 
ations were made in the original draft. The Code, as now published, was finally 
passed by both Houses on the 2d, and received the Royal Assent on the 17th day of 
May, 1850. 

44 In accordance with a Joint Resolution of the Legislature, the undersigned were ap- 
pointed by the Minister of the Interior to compare the Hawaiian and English versions 
of the New Code, assimilating the same as far as practicable, and to superintend the 
publication of the same. The work of comparing and assimilating the two versions, 
has been one of great labor and care ; and while we cannot hope to have effected a 
perfect agreement between the Hawaiian and English texts, we feel confident that, 
in this respect, the Civil Code will be found more satisfactory than any of the laws 
published heretofore. " R. Armstrong, 

44 G. M Robbbtsok, 

"Committee of Pttblication." 

HA WAIIAN REPORTS. 

The Legislature of 1856 made provisions for the publication of Law Reports, by an 
appropriation of five hundred dollars for that purpose, placed at the disposal of the 
Justices of the Supreme Court It was intended that Chief Justice Lee, conjointly 
with Associate Justice Robertson, should perform the duty of compiling such judg- 
ments, decisions and rulings of the principal courts of the kingdom, as had been pre- 
served of record, or published In the government newspaper. But the feeble state of 
Judge Lee's health and his subsequent decease, caused the whole of the labor to de- 
volve upon Judge Robertson. The volume contains reports of decisions in one 
hundred and twenty-five cases, being those in the most important cases which had 
been before the courts up to 1857, and suppied a want which had long been felt by 
gentlemen engaged in the practice of the law, and by the Judiciary of the Kingdom. 

Volume 2 of Hawaiian Reports issued in 1866, is a bulky but handsome volume of 
nearly 800 pages, octavo. It was compiled by the Hon. R. G. Davis, who, in Febru- 
ary, 1864, was appointed Second Associate Justice of the Supreme Court, in the place 
of Mr. John Ii, who had resigned. The selection, compilation, and supervision of 
the printing of this work, called for a vast amount of labor and careful attention, on 
the part of Judge Davis, and the book Is a valuable addition to the library of the 
student and practitioner of law. 

It may not be Inappropriate in this connection to state, that so highly esteemed are 
some of the dicta of our Hawaiian Courts abroad, that their decisions have in more 
than one instance been quoted In some of the higher Courts of the United 8tates. 
This Is no small honor to be attained by a nation which, one generation only ago, 
bad no law but " the word of the chief." 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 41 

- 

The Civil Code, with it* Appendix, in which were reprinted laws not expressly re- 
* enacted by the provisions of the Code, the session laws passed by the Legislature of 

1858-9; and Treaties between the Hawaiian Islands and France and Great Britain, 
March 36, 1848,— with Denmark, October 19, 1846,— with Hamburg, January 8, 1848,— 
with the United 8tates, August 19, 1850,— with Great Britain, (new treaty,) May 6, 
1852,— with Bremen, March 27, 1854,— with Sweden and Norway, April 5, 1855,— with 
France, (new treaty,) September 8, 1858 ; made a volume of 555 pages, including an 
Index. 

ItECIPROCITY WITH THE UNITED STATES. 

In the year 1856, the Hon. E. H. Allen, the Minister of Finance, was commissioned 
by the King as Minister Plenipotentiary and Envoy Extraordinary to the government 
at Washington, for the purpose of endeavoring to negotiate a treaty of reciprocity 
between the United States and these islands, whereby certain products of the two 
countries should be allowed to enter the ports of either free of dnty. Of course, the 
main object on the part of this government in seeking reciprocity was to foster and 
encourage the business of sugar growing, which it was acknowledged must become 
the main source of agricultural prosperity in these islands. The negotiations were 
favorably received by the Washington government, and many prominent senators ad- 
vocated the treaty, but through the strong and determined opposition of Southern 
members, more especially those from sugar-growing Louisiana, it was defeated. 

Again in 1867, the project was revived, and His Excellency C. C. Harris was com- 
missioned as Minister to Washington. Various causes have so far prevented any de- 
cision being arrived at as to the acceptance or rejection of the Treaty on the part of 
the American Senate. On the return of Mr. Harris in 1868, the Hon. J. Mott 8mith 
was commissioned in his place, and he is now in the United States on the same 
business. 

R C. WYLL1E. 

There is no name more indissolubly interwoven with the Hawaiianlhistory of late 
years than that of Robert Cbichton Wtllix. Born at Hazelbank, Ayrshire, Scot- 
land, in 1798, he first studied for the medical profession in Edinburgh, that noted 
school for doctors. Abandoning the medical profession, he became a merchant, and 
travelled extensively in South America and Mexico, where he amassed a large fortune. 
Visiting these islands in his own yacht in 1842, he was much interested in the people 
and the country, and returning in February, 1844, became a permanent resident 
Shortly after his arrival, the King, Kamehameha in., prevailed upon him to accept 
the position of Minister of Foreign Aflairs, the duties of which ofllce he continued to 
discharge with distinguished ability until his death, which occurred October 19, 1865. 
During his incumbency, treaties were negotiated and ratified between this govern- 
ment and those of about all the civilised powers of the globe, in which the indepen- 
dence of the islands was more than ever established and guaranteed. In the compli- 
f cations between this government and the French authorities in 1849, and those which 
arose out of the " Charlton land case," Mr. Wyllie bore a prominent part on the side 
of the King. Keen, " canny," methodical, untiringly industrious, and zealously de- 
voted to the Interests of his adopted country, he acquired and retained the unbounded 
confidence of the three Kamehamehas under whom he served, as well as that of the 
nation at large. While very strict and methodical in all business transactions, Mr. 
Wyllie was eminently a generous and liberal-minded man. No deserving object of 
charity ever received from him the " cold shoulder." He died October 19, 1866. His 
funeral took place October 80, and was attended by the Masonic Lodges, of which 



Digitized by Google 



42 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



body he was a distinguished member, and a large concourse of natives and foreigners, 

the hearse being escorted by a detachment of native infantry, who fired three volleys . 

over the grave. 

AGRICULTURAL SOCIETIES. , 

In I860, August 20, was organized the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society. The 
objects of the Society were declared to be 44 to foster the Interests of Agriculture in 
all Its various branches, and the Mechanical Arts 5 and to increase the amount of in- 
dustrial productions in this group of Islands." The Hon. Wm. Lee was the first 
President of the 8oclety, and the list of life members, the first year numbered thir- 
teen, and of the active members there were one hundred and five. 

The Society rapidly increased in numbers, and was undoubtedly instrumental in 
arousing a great deal of interest in agricultural pursuits. Their published transac- 
tions, contained some very valuable treatises and suggestions on the modes of cultiva- 
tion of many plants suitable for growth in the islands. After the first year, fairs 
or exhibitions of products, animals, etc., were instituted, at which prizes were com- 
peted for. These were occasions of much interest, and many were surprised at the 
capabilities of the soil as displayed at these annual exhibitions. The Legislature of 
1851, granted an annual subsidy of five hundred dollars to the Society, out of the 
Treasury, on condition of their raising a like sum from contributions, to be paid out 
for premiums, the importation of seeds, plants, and improved stock. In this way, a 
great many additions of valuable trees and plants have been introduced, besides ani- 
mals, insectivorous birds, and bees. 

At present, the Society, though not so prominently before the public as in the first 
few years of its existence, is quietly carrying out its objects, and has a fine garden 
and nursery at the head of Emma street. 

A native Hawaiian Agricultural Society was established a few years after the incep- 
tion of the one mentioned above, under the patronage of K a m e h a m eha IV., and of 
His present Majesty, then Minister of the Interior. It flourished for a time, but sub; 
sequentiy declined and is now extinct. 

HA W A II AN STEAM NA VIQATION COMPANIES. 

In 1S53, a company organized in San Francisco, brought to these islands a email 
steamer, (which had formerly run on the California rivers, under the name of Arrow,} 
and after running her between the islands for some time, procured a charter from the 
government under the foregoing title, by which tho Company were granted certain 
exclusive privileges for ten years. They were to put a new and substantial steamer 
of not less than 850 tons in the inter-island trade, within twelve months from the 
19th of December, 1858. Instead of a 44 new and substantial steamer," they put on an 
old and shaky boat, called the Wett Point, which, after several narrow escapes, was 
eventually lost on a lee shore at Kauai, as her boilers were in such a condition that 
sufficient steam could not be raised to keep her out of the breakers. Previously to 
this, however, they had run the steamer Sea Mra\ a large and substantial boat, on the 
windward route, but in a short time she was withdrawn, on the plea that she ran at 
too much expense. At length, as it became evident that the Company could not or 
would not carry out the terms of the charter, on the 27th of October, 1856, the grants 
to the Company were declared forfeit, and the charter annulled by the Supreme Court. 

By an Act of the Legislature, approved March 7, 1850, C. A. Williams, A. Mitchell, 
James M Green, and their associates and successors, were constituted a body corpo- 
rate, under the name of the Hawaiian Steam Navigation Company. The Company were 
granted the exclusive privilege of running a steamer or steamers between the ports 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 43 

* 

and islands of the Hawaiian Kingdom, for the term of six years from the arrival of 
the first steamer at Honolulu, with the exemptions and privileges granted, or which 
might thereafter be granted to national merchant vessels. Other privileges and ex- 
emptions were granted, as,— water from the government pipes free of charge ; the 
exclusive use of a government wharf, and a site for a coal depot, free of charge ; the 
Btearaers to be exempt from port charges and taxes; coal, machinery, etc., for the 
use of the steamers, to be Imported free of duty; vessels bringing such, free of har- 
bor dues. 

Under these certainly favorable conditions, the steamer KUauea was built at New 
London, Conn., and arriving here In 1860, commenced running between the islands. 
Since her first arrival here, she has had a checquered history. She has passed through 
the hands of several companies, and was at one time owned by the Government, but 
none of her various owners have been able to make her a paying enterprise. Strongly 
built of the best materials, with a good model for speed, she has never, It is said by 
those who should be qualified to judge, been provided with boilers of sufficient 
capacity. Whatever may have been the causes of her failure, she is now, (1869) and 
has been for some months, laid up In the harbor of Honolulu. 

DEATH OF A. PARI. 

On the 13th of June, 1855, six months, lacking one day, from the death of Katneha- 
meha HL, died at his residence in Honolulu, the Hon. A. Paki, the last of the family of 
old high chiefs. His ancestors belonged to the Eamehameha and Kiwalao families of 
Maui and Hawaii. His father's name was Kalanlhelemaiiluna, and his mother's Ear 
hooheihelpahu. He was born on the island of Molokal, in the year " Ualakaa," that 
is, about 1808 ; consequently he was about 47 years of age when he died. He was an 
intimate friend of the King, and was a person of considerable weight and Importance 
in the affairs of the nation. He held during his life, some high offices of trust and 
honor ; being at different times, one of the judges of the Supreme Court, acting Gov- 
ernor, Privy Councillor, member of the House of Nobles, and Chamberlain to the 
King. The most prominent feature In his character was firmness ; where he took a 
stand, he was Immovable. On the death of Kameliameha III, he prophesied that he 
«hould survive his Royal master but a few months, though he was in usual health at 
the time. Mr. Paki was the father of the Hon. Mrs. Bishop, by his wife Konla, (also 
a high chief,) who survived him two years, she dying in 1857. 

THE GREAT FLUE OF 1855. 

It has often been remarked that Honolulu has been peculiarly and fortunately ex- 
empt from fires, and when one does occur, of any magnitude, the excitement and 
alarm in our community becomes at once very great. 

On the 7th of July, 1855, at about 8 1-2 o'clock, p. m., a fire broke out In King 
street, between Nuuanu and Fort, known as "The Varieties Theatre." The build- 
ing was large, and of unusually combustible materials, and by 10 o'clock it was a 
heap of ashes, together with the Police Station House, and the Dry Goods and 
Clothing stores of J. Cohn, Afong, and Watts & Co., on the same block. The Bethel 
building was at one time In great danger, but by the vigorous and untiring exertions 
of the firemen and the public generally it was saved. Had it caught, the entire cen- 
tre of the town would undoubtedly have been destroyed. The loss as estimated at 
the time, amounted to $25,000. The fire was supposed to have been the work of an 
Incendiary. 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTOR Y, 



ROBBERY OF THE CUSTOM HOUSE. 

On the night of March 88, 1858, the Custom House of Honolulu, (the building 1 re- 
cently occupied as a sugar refinery, near the foot of Nuuanu street,) was entered by 
thieves, and the safe in the Collector's office broken open and robbed of $8,000 gov- 
ernment funds, and 1573 belonging to Mr. Goodale, the Collector. A reward of fl,000 
was offered by the Marshal for any information which might lead to the detection of 
the thief and the recovery of the money. Over eleven years have passed since then, 
and no clue has ever been discovered to the perpetrators of this bold and successful 
rooDer}, 

THE ESPLANADE. 

In the year 1857, was commenced the work of filling in the reef called Waikahaluln, 
seaward of the site occupied by the old Fort of Honolulu. The tract had been the 
property of the Queen Dowager Kalama, relict of Kamchameha IIL, and waa pur- 
chased from her by the government for the sum of $20,000. It now forms that valua- 
ble property known as the Esplanade, on which are the new Custom House and 
warehouses, and which is provided with excellent facilities for wharfage. 

THE OAS PROJECT. 

March 12, 1850, an Act of the Legislature was passed, authorising the Minister of 
the Interior to grant a charter to W. H. Tiffany, Jas. S. Wethered, Henry Macfarlane, 
John Paty, and their associates and successors, under the name of the Honolulu Gas 
Company. The company were to have the exclusive privilege, for the term of fifteen 
years, of erecting gas works, laying gas pipes in the streets and buildings in all parts 
of the city of Honolulu, and of supplying the inhabitants with gas. All machinery, 
apparatus, and gas pipes necessary for the works of the Company were to be imported 
free of duty. Accordingly, a company was formed, the city canvassed, and sufficient 
encouragement soon given to commence operations. A building was erected near 
the corner of King and Maunakea streets, the chimney of whieh still stands, a lone 
monument of one of the unsuccessful enterprises of Hawaii. The necessary pipes 
were laid, and for some months the hotels and some other buildings were lighted 
with gas. Mr. Tiffany, the resident manager of the Company, left for California, after 
mortgaging the works to parties here, for the purpose, as stated, of procuring neces- 
sary machinery and material He never returned, and after a time, the enterprise 
was abandoned, entailing a considerable amount of loss on those who had gone to the 
expense of gas fittings for their houses. The cause of the failure of this enterprise 
waa undoubtedly owing to the fact that the limited demand for gas was not commen- 
surate with the outlay required to produce it. 

VOLCANOES, EARTHQUAKES AND TIDAL WAVES. 

AH the islands of this group are of volcanic origin. Numerous extinct craters of 
different periods and dimensions are scattered over the surface, and one large volcano 
is now in action, and has been, since the memory of man runneth not to the contrary. 
Mauna Loa, at an elevation of 13,430 feet above the level of the sea, has an immense 
crater at its summit, which, at with occasional intervals of some years, is more or less 
active, but the lava is not known to have overflown the top. From openings in the 
sides of the mountain, however, eruptions have been frequent. The summit crater 
has an extent of about twenty-four miles in circumference, and the depth of the ledge 
is twelve hundred and seventy feet. Terrible chasms exist at the bottom, appearing 
in some places as if the mountain had been rent to its very roots ; no termination can 



Digitized by Google 



AXD HISTORICAL SKETCH. 4ft 

be seen to their depth, even when the eye la aided with a good glass and the sky t» 
clear of smoke and the sun shining brightly. Fearful indeed most the spectacle have 
been when this volcano was in a state of activity. 

The great crater of Kilanea, is situated on a plateau on the southern slope of Mauna 
Loa, about one-third of the way up towards the summit This crater being always in 
action, more or less violent, is an object of great interest to the lovers of the sublime 
and grand in nature. Like Niagara, it is difficult to find fitting words fur a descrip- 
tion of its wonders. The most graphic sketch of Kilauea that we have ever read, was 
penned In 1888, by a Polish nobleman and scientific traveller, Count Straelecki. We 
reprint here an extract from his letter descriptive of this great natural phenomenon 
of Hawaii : 

44 1 cannot even attempt to give yon the slightest idea of the impressions which the 
awful sublimity of the volcano produced upon my imagination ; that part of our being 
does not yield as easily as memory— it does not reproduce sensations ; the rapture— 
the enthusiasm once gone by, is lost forever. 

44 What I remember, and long shall recollect, sa showing the mighty influence of 
mighty objects on me, are the difficulties I had to struggle with, before my eye could 
be torn away from the idle, vacant but ecstatic gazing with which I regarded the 
great Whole, down to the analytical part of the wondrous and unparalleled scene be- 
fore me ; I say unparalleled, because having visited the European and American vol- 
canos, I find the greatest of them inferior to Kilauea crater in Intensity, grandeur, 
and extent or area. 

44 The abrupt and precipitous cliff which forms the N. N. E. wall of the crater,— 
found after my repeated observations, to be elevated 4,104 feet above the level of the 
sea— overhangs an area of 8,150,000 square yards of half-cooled scoria, sunk to the 
depth of 800 yards, and containing more than 828,000 square yards of convulsed tor- 
rents of earths fn igneous fusion, and gaseous fluids constantly effervescing — boiling 
— spouting — rolling in all directions like waves of a disturbed sea, violently beating 
the edge of the caldrons like an infuriated surf, and like surf spreading all around its 
spray In the form of capillary glass which fills the air, and adheres in a flaky and pen- 
dulous form to the distorted and broken masses of the lava all around ; five caldrons 
each of about 5,700 square yards, almost at the level of the great area, and containing 
only the 12th part of the red liquid ; the sixth caldron Is encircled by a wall of ac- 
cumulated scoria of fifty yards high, forming the S. 8. W. point — the Hatemaumav of 
the natives to which the bones of the former high chiefs were consigned — the sacri- 
fices to the goddess Pele offered— the abyss of abysses, the caldron of caldrons— ex- 
hibiting the most frightful area of about 300,000 square yards, bubbling red hot lava- 
changing incessantly its level— sometimes rolling the long curled waves with broken 
masses of cooled crust to one side of the horrible laboratory — sometimes, as if they 
had made a mistake, turning them back with spouting fury, and a subterraneous, ter- 
rific noise of a sound more infernal than earthly ; around are blocks of lava, 6coria, 
slags of every description and combination, here elevated, by the endless number of 
superimposed layers, in perpendicular walls of 1000 feet high — there torn asunder, 
dispersed, cracked, or remoulded— everywhere, terror, convulsion— mighty engine of 
nature— and nothingness of man! 

44 No more does the solution of the great problem of volcanic fires by Sir Hum- 
phrey Davy, receive a more palpable Illustration than here ; the access of the water 
to the ignited masses of these minerals of alkaline and earthy bases, by which that 
great philosopher explained the convulsions of volcanic fires, is displayed here in 
most portentous, most awful effects. It is only to those millions of vente all around 



Digitized by Google 



40 H0X0L UL V DIRECTOR 7, 

the crater, through which the superabundance of steam escape*— to the millions of 
fissures through which the sulphurous and sulphuric acids liberate themselves from 
beneath, that the preservation of Hawaii from utter destruction, by the expansive 
force of steam and gasses, can be ascribed. 

"The nature of the volcano, with Its uncommonly intense heat, and so many wide 
and easy openings, Is, to eject nothing without alteration, and to sublime every 
variety of substance which the concomitants of the volcanic fires embrace. Thus ; 
here Is the rare volcanic glass in capillary forms, and many perfect vitrifications ; 
the muriate of ammonia in efflorescence, often conchoidal, often In elongated hexa- 
hedrals— and In one single instance, even in that rare form of a cubic chrystal ; thus 
the sulphuret of arsenic, both as realgar and orpiment ; the sulphur itself in most 
beautiful Incrustations, chrystalized in cubic or truncated octahedrons; the pctro 
aluminaris of Ssolfa, (Italy,) or alkaline sulphate of alumine, imbebbed sometimes in 
crevices of lava, sometimes in argillaceous earth ; thus, the singular and rare cavernous 
lava, known hitherto to exist only in Iceland— it* large tumefactions In blisters and 
bubbles, from a crust of the finest gloss to an arch of four feet thick, forming caverns 
through which the superabundance of lava in the crater discharges itself, as through 
subterranean tunnels, in all directions of the Island. 

" A prolific imagination can find here a vast field for fanciful speculation on the 
origin, duration and probable or possible results of the continued operations of this 
frightful and gigantic volcano. Science will never tire in the study of Nature ; but, 
alas ! beyond what she sees, and what strict Inductive forms allow her to conclude, 
she must etop — admire— bow and repeat 

" Sapientia hujtu rnundi stullitia ett." 
The wisdom of this world is folly. 

Kilauea has been known to overflow but once, In the recollection or traditions of 
the people, and then it burst through its southern bank and poured down into Puna. 
There the flow of lava debouched into the sea, and on the shore threw up two singu- 
lar looking conical sand hills. In the track of the lava, are a number of warm springs, 
at a place named Kula, about twenty-five miles from HUo, on the road to Kilauea. 
These springs are impregnated with sulphur, and their medicinal properties for the 
cure of certain diseases are highly spoken of 

On the 11th of August 1855, the lava burst out from the Bide of Manna Loa towards 
Hilo. The course of the stream, which was three miles wide, and in some places ran 
at the rate of forty miles an hour, was almost in a straight line for Hilo Bay. On the 
15th of October, the head of the stream was within twelve miles of the town, advanc- 
ing with sure and steady pace towards the Bay. The flow had reached some sixty- 
five miles from the source, and was within but a few miles of Hilo on the 7th of 
November. Great alarm prevailed among the inhabitants. Many had hastily packed 
up their household goods, and fled from the apparently doomed town, and those who 
remained kept anxious watch on the flow day and night, ready to leave on short 
notice. One of these watchers wrote of his experience as follows : 

" The present progress of the flow cannot exceed one mile in a week. I spent one 
stormy night within five feet of its glowing fusion, in a strait, burning and chilling 
with a cold and soaking rain. The stream before us was some three miles wide. As 
far as the eye could see above and before us, ten thousand fires, mineral and vegetable 
were glowing amidst the midnight gloom. The jingle was burning, the water was 
boiling, and the trees falling and consuming all around. We dipped up many speci- 
mens of the igneous fusion, cooled and brought it borne with us. We also boiled our 
teakettle and fried our ham over the stream/' 



Digitized by Google 



> 

AND HISTOMCAL SKETCH. «T 

November 23d, it was eight miles from Hllo, running slowly in a direct line for the 
town. But there Its proud waves were stayed. The flow from the crater ceased, and 
Hiio was saved. 

On the 23d of January, 1859, the residents of Waimea, in South Kohala, noticed a 
great body of smoke arising from the West side of Mauna Loa, about half way down. 
During the night, several streams of fire were distinctly visible, running down 
towards Kona. In three days from its being first seen, the lava had reached the sea 
at Wainanalii, in North Kona, a distance of forty or fifty miles from its source, where 
it destroyed a village of thatched houses, the natives hastily gathering up then- effects 
:md moving out for Madame Pele. It also at this place filled up a valuable fish pond, 
and ran out over half a mile into the sea, forming a pier a quarter of a mile wide. 
Many sight-seere from Honolulu visited Hawaii, and at one time there was a large en- 
campment of gentlemen and ladies on a rising ground near the flow. The scene is 
said to have been indescribably grand. The fire being ejected by internal force some 
two hundred and fifty feet above the mouth of the crater, formed at times a fiery cone 
of that size, and again appeared as a fountain of fire, ajetde feu, before which human 
pyrotechnics must pale and imagination feel humbled at a comparison with reality 
on so grand a scale. The lava descended the mountain in a nearly northerly course, 
carrying a bead of fire twelve to fifteen hundred yards wide, curving over the sides of 
tho mountain like a blood-red snake, and occasionally leaping a precipice, now here, 
now there, according to fhc nature of the ground. 

A party consisting of teachers and pupils of Punahou College, visited the crater 
itself, the source of the stream, and Professor Alexander wrote a vivid account of the 
trip, which was published in the Commercial Advertiser. Speaking of the river of lava, 
at the point where it rushed forth from the crater, he says : 

" It was fortunately a clear day on the mountain, and a strong wind was blowing 
from the Southwest, so that we travelled for throe or four hours along the very brink 
of the stream, without inconvenience. It had worn for itself a deep, well-defined 
channel, so that there was no danger of any sudden change in its course. The canal 
in which It ran varied from 20 to 60 feet in width and was ten or fifteen feet deep. 
But the stream was in reality much wider than this, for the banks on either side were 
undermined to a considerable distance. Often we met with openings in the crust, 
through which we could see the rushing torrent a few feet or even inches below 
our feet 

" To describe the scene is impossible. No epithets in the English language are 
adequate to the task. For the first time we saw actual waves and actual spray of 
liquid lava. As its surges rolled back from the enclosing walls of rock, they curled 
over and broke like combers on the reef. Its forms, however, were bolder and more 
picturesque than those of running water, on account of its being a heavier and more 
tenacious fluid. 

" There was, besides, an endless variety in its forms. Now we passed a cascade, 
then a whirlpool, then a smooth, majestic river, then a series of rapids, tossing their 
waves like a stormy sea ; now rolling into lurid caverns, the roofs of which were 
hung with red-hot stalactites, and then under arches which it had thrown over itself 
in sportive triumph. The safety with which it could be approached was matter of 
astonishment to us all." 

The lava continued to flow into the sea at Wainanalii until August of that year, a 
period of seven months, when it finally ceased. In June, however, the surface of the 
flow, from the crater to near the sea, had hardened, so that pack-animals and horse- 
men passed over in safety. 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



The eruption of April, 1888, was the most destructive to life and property of any 
previous one on record. The first intimation of the coming disasters was the appear- 
ance, on the morning of March 27, of a dense column of smoke rlBing to a great 
height from the top of Manna Loa. This was observed from Kawalhae, but during 
the day, the smoke disappeared. On the next day, the 28th, a series of earthquakes 
began, -which continued for over a month at intervals, and with increasing severity, 
and were felt on each of the principal islands ; but on Hawaii, where the shocks were 
heaviest and most frequent, a great deal of damage was done. In Kona, from fifty to 
sixty distinct shocks were felt in one day, and at Kan, during the same time, over 
three hundred were reported. On the brink of the great crater of KUauea, the earth 
was In a constant state of agitation for days together, with frequent vigorous shocks, 
upsetting crockery, etc. On the 2d of April, about four o'clock in the afternoon, a 
shock took place, which was the most severe of all. Its effect was instantaneous. 
In ten seconds, almost every church, store, frame or thatched house, and every stone 
wall, In the district of Kau, was laid fiat with the ground. An eye-witness at Keaiwa 
In describing this terrible shock, says : 

" First the earth swayed to and fro, north and south, then cast and west, round 
and round, then up and down in every imaginable direction for several minutes, 
everything crashing around us ; the trees thrashing about as if torn by a mighty 
rushing wind. It was impossible to stand— we had to sit on the ground, bracing 
with hands and feet to keep from rolling over." 

At the same instant with this heavy earthquake, occurred a very singular eruption 
at Kapapala, in the southern part of Kau, about fifteen miles from Kilauea. There 
was a beautiful valley at this place, sloping gradually seaward, dotted with trees and 
covered with a rich carpet of grass, on which were pastured large flocks of cattle, 
sheep, goats and horses. " Just at the instant (vide Commercial Advertiser, May 9,) 
the earthquake occurred, the sides of the valley were rent, and from the fissure burst 
out, with a terrific explosion, a stream of hot mud and water, which was driven by 
the explosion a distance of fully three miles. This stream was ejected simultaneous- 
ly with the heavy earthquake from both sides of the valley. * * * Eighteen 
hundred feet from the opening, the pile of mud commences and extends a distance of 
three miles, varying In width from half a mile to one mile, and from two feet at the 
outer edges to twenty and thirty feet deep In the centre. This mass of mud was 
thrown out In less than two minutes, from each side of the valley. At its further ex- 
tremity is a pile of large boulders and stones, that appear to have been driven before 
the powerful explosion. As it swept through the valley, it destroyed men, animals 
and trees alike. Thirty-one Uvea were lost, and between five hundred and a thousand 
head of cattle, horses, goats and sheep." 44 The force with which these streams 
were ejected from the hills, (says a writer in the Gazette,) and the speed with which 
they flowed, is said by eye-witnesses to have been at the rate at least of a mile a min- 
ute. The rapidity was so great, even at the very extremity of the flow, that numbers 
of goats which were fleeing for life were overtaken by it, and found a short time 
afterwards, sticking by their hind legs in the mud." Following this singular eruption, 
came a stream of clear, cold mountain water, Issuing from the hole whence the mud 
had been expelled, in a region where there had never before been any running water. 
The loss of the owner of the ranch in houses and in cattle was estimated at $15,000. 

Early on the morning of April 7, the lava burst forth from a rent or Assure, about 
ten miles up the side of Manna Loa, facing the beautifully level and grass-covered 
plateau of Kahuku, where hundreds of cattle and horses were pastured. This stream, 
however, ran down towards the sea, through a valley to the westward of the plain. 



Digitized by Google 



< 



AND HISTORICAL SKKTVH. 49 

On the afternoon of the same day, a new crater, several miles lower down than the 
first, buret open on the side of the mountain, and the lava flowed down on to the 
doomed plains of Kahuku, destroying everything in its path— houses, cattle, sheep 
and horses, and forever ruining some of the finest land in the district. The loss by 
this last eruption was estimated at not far from fourteen thousand dollars. This 
stream reached the sea at a place a little to the westward of the South point of the 
island. About one mile from the shore, a small conical island was thrown up during 
the eruption, and the lava from the mountain ran out and joined the island to the 
main land. 

The Commercial Advertiser, before quoted, gives the following list of volcanic erup- 
tions on Hawaii, since the discovery of the islands by Cook : 

1789— Eruption of Kllauea, in which ashes, sand and pumice stone were discharged, 
and destroyed one-third of the army of Keoua, marching against Kamehameha. 

1801— Mauna Hualalal, in North Kona. The crater is now to be seen, near the 
western base of the mountain, about six miles from the shore. 

] 823 — Flow of lava from Kilauca into the sea, twelve miles distant. 

1832 — Eruption of Kilauca, and also of the summit crater of Mauna Loa. 

1840— Flow of lava from Kilauca, entering the sea at Nanawalc, eighteen or twenty 
miles in width. 

1843— Eruption from the summit of Mauna Loa. It ran but a few miles, when it 
ceased. 

1858— Another eruption from very near the source of that of 1848, and following 
the same course for twenty-four hours, when it ceased. Two days later, it buret out 
some fifteen miles further South-East, directly opposite Hllo, and at an elevation of 
10,000 feet. It continued floVing for about one month, running a distance of thirty 
miles, but did not reach the sea. 

1855, 1859 and 1868— Of these three, the last and most extensive, we have given ex- 
tended accounts in these pages. 

The first instance on record of unusual phenomena of the tides at these islands 
occurred in May, 1819. The only account we have of it is by tradition, which state* 
that there was an nnnsual commotion of the sea, the tide suddenly rising and falling 
several times in succession. 

The second tidal phenomena occurred on the 7th of November, 1887, and wa* 
closely observed by Dr. T. C. B. Rookc, at Honolulu. At 6 p. m., the sea suddenly 
retired about eight feet below low water mark. The reefs surrounding the harbor 
were left dry, and the fish aground were mostly dead. But the sea quickly returned, 
and in twenty-eight minutes reached the height of an ordinary tide; scarcely re- 
maining stationary, it again receded and fell six feet. This was repeated at intervals 
of twenty-eight minutes, gradually decreasing in the rise and fall, until the fore- 
noon of the 8th. On the leeward side of Maui, the same rise and fall took place as at 
Honolulu, but on the windward side of the island the sea retired about twenty 
fathoms and quickly returned in one gigantic wave, sweeping everything before it- 
houses, trees, canoes, and every moveable object exposed to its fury. Two lives were 
lost. At Hllo, the same phenomenon took place. A great extent of the harbor was 
left dry, and hundreds of the people rushed down to witness the novelty, when sud- 
denly an immense wave came roaring to the shore at the rate of six or eight miles an 
hour, rising twenty feet above high water mark, burying the people in the flood, des- 
troying houses, canoes and fish ponds, and washing away numbers of animals and 
large quantities of property. The cries of distress were horrible ; those In the water 
unable to swim among the wreck of houses and pieces of timber, struggling for their 
lives, and those on shore wailing for their friends and relations. An English whale- 
7 



Digitized by Google 



50 HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 

Ship at anchor in the Bay saved the Ures of many with her boat*. The number wh? 
perished was fourteen. 

There was no shock of an earthquake felt anywhere on the islands either immedi- 
ately before or after, nor during the occurrence of these phenomena, though it was 
subsequently ascertained that the volcano of Kilauea was unusually disturbed the 
previous evening. The Arcs were suddenly quenched, and yawning chasms burst 
open in previously tranquil places, accompanied with violent explosions. 

From the year 1837 to 1868, there are no remarkable phenomena of the tides on 
record. In the latter year, immediately following the mud eruption at Kapapala, 
which has been previously noticed, there occurred a tidal wave on the Southern and 
Eastern shores of Hawaii, stretclilng from Keauhou, in Puna, to the entire coast of 
Kau. In this connection we cannot give a better idea of this tremendous irruption 
of the sea, than to quote a few paragraphs from a letter written at the time by the 
Hon. A. Fornander. 

" At Keauhou, the following results of the earthquake on Thursday bave been re- 
ported. Mr. Stackpole, who had charge of the place, had been up to the Volcano 
House during the day, and was returning in the afternoon. While descending the 
pall to Keauhou, the first shock occurred, precipitating an immense amount ol earth, 
Btones and boulders down the pali after him. Escaping these, he arrived on the 
plateau below the pali, and looked in the direction of the village of Apna, but not a 
house was to be seen ! He then rode down to the edge of the plateau, from whence 
Keauhou ought to have been in sight, but nothing of it could be seen. Descending 
to Pahoehoe, he met the men working at Keauhou running UP "^Va, who reported 
that nothing was left at Keauhou ; that immediately after the earthquake the sea bad 
rushed in and swept off every dwelling and storehouse, and all their contents, and 
that they bad barely escaped with their lives. There were some 167 bales of pulu in 
store; ready for shipment, all of which was swept away. They represent that the 
sea went up as far as the two basaltic columns indicating the road down to Keauhou 
-a depth of wave of at least 40 to 50 feet 

"At Punaluu, at the moment of the shock, it seemed as if an immense quantity of 
h>va had been discharged into the sea some distance from the shore, Dor almost in- 
stantly a terrible commotion arose, the water boiling and tossing furiously. Sbortiy 
afterwards, a tremendous wave was sweeping up on the shore, and when It receded, 
there was nothing left of Punaluu ! Every house, the big stone church, even the 
cocoannt trees— all but two— were washed away. The number of lives lost is not yejt 
ascertained. All who were out fishing at the time perished, and many of those 
ashore. A big chasm opened, running from the sea up into the mountain, down 
which it is said lava, mud, trees, ferns and rocks were rushing out into the sea. 

" The Barae wave that swept away Punaluu, also destroyed the villages of Ninole, 
Kawaa and Honuapo. Not a house remaius to mark the site of these places, except 
at Honuapo, where a small " hale halawai," on the brow of the hill, above the village, 
stood on Friday last The large coeoanut grove at Honuapo, was washed away, as 
well as that at Punaluu. A part of the big pali at Honuapo, on the road to Waiohinu, 
had tumbled into the sea, and people coming from thence are now obliged to take 
the road through Hilea-uka. 

"The sea swept Kaalualu on Thursday last, as it had swept Honuapo and the other 
places along toe coast, washed away several houses and killed a number of people — 
how many, is not yet known. The earth had been shaking almost constantly and 
severely every day and night. A large land-slide had occurred on the weat side of 
Watohinu valley, near where Swain'* tannery was formerly situated. Fiw had been 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 51 

seen in the mountain above, but none had come down on the low lands between Ka- 
huku and Waiohlnu when they left, on Monday morning. A large hole, sixty feet hi 
diameter, had opened on the flat below Kahuku, with no bottom visible from the 
brink of it, and emitting quantities of sulphuric vapor. 

14 1 have just been told an incident that occurred at Ninole, during the Inundation 
Of that place. At the time of the shock on Thursday, a man named Holoua, and his 
wife, ran out of the house and started for the hills above, but remembering the money 
he had in the house, the man left his wife and returned to bring it away. Just as he 
had entered the house the sea broke on the shore, and, enveloping the building, first 
washed it several yards inland, and then, as the wave receded, swept it off to sea, 
with him in It Being a powerful man, and one of the most expert swimmers in that 
region, he succeeded in wrenching off a board or a rafter, and With this as a pnpa hee- 
wa/w, (surf board,) he boldly struck out for the shore, and landed safely with the re- 
turn wave. When we consider the prodigious height of the breaker on which he rode 
to the shore, (50, perhaps 60 feet,) the feat seems almost incredible, were it not that 
he is now alive to attest it> as well as the people on the hill-side who saw him. 

"Mr. George Jones met a heavy loss at Keauhou by the foundation. Besides the 
houses and fixtures which were swept away by the sea, he also lost some 167 bales of 
pulu that Were ready for shipment. On Saturday last, he chartered the schooner Odd 
IltUotp and started in her to see if ho could not pick up some of the pulu that might 
have been washed along the shore, between there and the South point 

" Hilo and Puna have suffered, so far, comparatively least, though the shocks were 
severe and frequent, and still continue, and the damages to houses and property is 
very large. But poor Kan is almost wholly destroyed. The sea washed away the 
coast villages, and the earthquake razed the inland places. 

" The number of people now known to have perished between Ninole and Kcaiwa, 
(Punaluu and Hionamoa included,) is 47; at Kawaa, 7; atHonuapo, 37; total, 81, 
besides a number of the pnlu pickers up in the mountains, back of Hilea ; how many 
I am not yet advised, neither have I heard the number of those who perished at 

During the summer of the same year, (1868,) there was observed at Honolulu and 
other places on Oahu, a sudden rising and falling of the sea at intervals of a few min- 
utes, continuing for forty-eight hours. The ebb and flow, however, was but small, 
aud caused no excitement* 

MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF THE HA WAIIANS. 

And first, under this division, we will glance at their condition previous to the ad- 
vent of civilization and Christianity. 

The distinction between the chiefs and common people was very wide and marked. 
While by tradition they had but one common origin, the blood of the chiefs, where- 
ever traced, was regarded with great respect, and when pure, was looked upon with 
veneration and awe. Physically, the chiefs, both male and female, were much larger 
than the common people, some of them attaining to an enormous bulk. This was 
probably owing to their living in luxurious idleness for successive generations, and 
feeding from the fat of the land. As has been previously stated, the chiefs were re- 
garded as the only proprietors of the soil. But not only did they own the soil, but 
the people who cultivated it : not only all the fish in the sea, but the fishermen also, 
with their canoes and implements. Not only everything animate— that walked the 
earth, swam in the water, or flow in the air — was the chief's, but all things inani- 
mate, as well. In fact the common people were supposed to own nothing— the 



Digitized by Google 



t 

I 

I 



52 IIOSOL UL U DIRECTOR 1\ 

chiefs everything. Says Dibble, in this connection, " All the shrewd inventions and 
studied precautions ever employed in any nation, by a jealous aristocracy, never suc- 
ceeded more effectually In securing an august respect and an unquestioned sub- 
mission." 

Taxes were numerous and oppressive. The lower classes— the farmers and fisher- 
men — paid to their immediate superiors, these again to those next above them, until 
the contributions reached the King. Thus, as may be supposed, the poor producers 
were thoroughly fleeced. Besides these regular drafts on the common people, when- 
ever the King made a journey, (usually accompanied by a large train of followers, 
sometimes numbering a thousand,) the people of the district through which be 
passed were obliged to support him, and if a sufficiency of food was not voluntarily 
brought, it was taken. The people were liable to be called on at any moment to 
labor for the chiefs, and the labor was of every description and to any amount. After 
the visits of foreign ships, and the demand had arisen for sandal-wood as an article of 
commerce, the people were heavily burdened by the requirements of the chiefs to 
cut this wood in the mountains. Such was the greed of the chiefs that it is estimated 
that up to 1848, upwards of one hundred thousand piculs (of 138 1-3 lbs.) were exported 
from these islands to China, amounting in value to a million of dollars. If a common 
kanaka sold anything to a ship, one-half of whatever he received went to the King. 
And in the same manner, each chief again taxed his own particular vassals, extortion- 
ately and mercifully. " No valuable article, 1 ' says the historian before quoted, " was 
considered safe in the hands of the lower classes, for if not directly plundered, some 
form of taxation would be devised or some mode of suffering invented till it was ob- 
tained. Hence none of the lower orders dared to live in a large house, cook a large 
hog, fish with a large net, or appear abroad well-dressed." 

The ancient system of tabus, was also very oppressive. There were unnumbered 
restrictions and prohibitions, imposed by the chiefs for their own convenience or for 
the gratification of a whim. By this policy, they threw around their persons a kind 
of aacredness, and impressed upon the minds of the people a feeling of awe. If the 
shadow of a man — a common man — fell upon a chief, the punishment was death ; if he 
entered the chief's enclosure unbidden, it was death ; if, Instead of prostrating him- 
self, he remained standing when the King's bathing water, his tapa or his maro were 
carried by, it was death ; if he stood when the King's name was mentioned in song, 
it was death; if he walked in the shadow of the chief's house with a wreath on hie 
head, or merely wet with water, or wearing a mantle, it was death. Life and death 
were in the hands of the King and the chiefs, and whatever they ordained, whether 
for good or evil, that was the destiny of the serfs. The chiefe and the priests were 
intimately combined, and together ruled the people, the rites and ceremonies of the 
idolatrous system being constantly made use of to terrify and keep them in subjec- 
tion. The King was at the head of the superstitions of the people, the priests were 
his, the temples were his. Kamebameha I. was shrewd enough to use all the machin- 
ery of the idolatrous system to effect his own purposes. If human victims were 
needed for the altars, the King's enemies, or those against whom he or his favorites 
had any grudge for real or fancied disrespect, or for having broken any of the numer- 
ous tabus,— from these were selected the persons to be sacrificed. When a heiau or 
temple was to be built, the people carried the heavy stones on their shoulders and 
laid up the walls ; they brought timber from the mountains and set up the posts ; 
they provided the tliatch and put it on ; they brought hogs and fruits for the feast ; 
and then, from among their number were selected some to be sacrificed on the altar* 
of the temple which they had completed, in order to consecrate or render It tabu for 
the service of the god. 



Digitized by Google 



■ 



ASH HISTORICAL SKETCH. 53 

Besides the tabu imposed by the chiefs, there were others, emanating direr tly from 
the priests. Thus, if any one was found in a canoe ou a tubu day ; if he made a noise 
while prayers were being said ; if he was in any way irreligious in the opinion of the 
priests ; if he was found enjoying the company of his family on a tnbu day ; if a wo- 
man ate pork, cocoanuts, bananas, and certain kinds of fish ; death was the penalty 
for all these. 

When two persons lived together as man and wife, they must not eat together. 
The man most build a separate eating house for himself, another for his wife, another 
for his god, another for a dormitory, and a shed for beating tapa. The cooking and 
preparing food for the man must be separate from that for the wife, and if they were 
found eating together, death was the penalty. 

Their mythology was a confused moss of traditions. Besides four principal deities, 
whom they addressed as Ku, Lono, Kane, and Kanaloa, they bad an indefinite num- 
ber of inferior gods. They denied that they worshipped the images of wood and 
stone, but considered that after certain ceremonies performed, the images became 
the repositories of the prayers ottered to the gods above, or in the clouds. In regard 
to the soul, they supposed that after death, it lingered for some time about the de- 
ceased body, haunting dark and lonely places, whence it issued occasionally to worry 
and annoy its enemies. It eventually went to the abode pf Wakcu, the traditional 
progenitor of the Hawaiian people, aud if it had beeu an observer of the religious 
rites and ceremonies, it was allowed to remain there in comfort and pleasure. But if 
the soul had been irreligious, it was turned away from paradise, and forced to take a 
desperate leap from a precipice into a place of misery called Milu. 

Besides the priests, (whose office was hereditary,) there was a class of persons who 
practiced sorcery by conjuration, and prayers t<t the gods for the purpose of procur- 
ing the death of those whom it was required to remove. And in feet, they so worked 
upon the imagination and fears of the persou thus made the object of their incanta- 
tions, as almost invariably to bring about his death. Even at the present day, with 
all the enlightenment of Christianity which has been brought to bear upon this peo- 
ple, there are yet to bo found umong them, in some remote localities, traces of a be- 
lief in this superstition. 

Poisoning was much resorted to, as an easy and expeditious mode of getting rid of 
an enemy. They had their poison gods. Here is a tradition now extant, of the way 
in which one of these poison gods was discovered : 

44 A man on Molokai by the name of Kaneokama, had a dream. He dreamed that 
a tree of the mountain, entirely new in its appearance, came to meet him. The tree 
admonished him to bring offerings and sacrifices, aud to worship it as a god, then to 
cut it down and to make of it an idol ; and that the idol should have the power of 
procuring the death of whomsoever he chose. 

44 In accordance with his dream, the man proceeded to the mountain, and fonnd a 
peculiar tree, corresponding in appearance to that he had seen in his dream. He cut 
it down, took a piece of it and made an idol. He found, from experiment, that by 
scraping off a small portion of it, and concealing the dust in the food of an enemy, he 
could at once cause his death. The idol immediately became celebrated on account 
of its power, and chiefs and people came from the most distant islands to obtain a 
piece of the tree, until the whole of it, even to its twigs and roots, wbb carried away." 

This tree, the only one of the-kind ever known on the islands, was undoubtedly a 
very virulent poison, and the chiefs used it to effect their purposes by removing all 
persons that were obnoxious to them, high or low. At the abolition of idolatry 
under Liholiho, Kaahumauu canned all these poison gods to be carefully collected • 
together at Kullun and burned. 



Digitized by Google 



51 



HOSOL VL U DIRECTOR Y, 



Besides the sorcerers, who prayed people to death, were prophets, or soothsayers, 
denominated A*ifto, who predicted future events, from dreams, the appearance of the 
heavens, crowing of cocks, or barking of dogs. 

The most fearful of all their deities was Pcle, the goddesB of Kilauea, where, amid 
the smoke and flame and thundering of the volcano, she had her Abode, with her 
attendant spirits. Whenever an eruption was threatened, vast numbers of hogs and 
other provisions were thrown into the crater to propitiate the goddess, and no 
traveller dared to venture near her haunts without bringing a present 

When Cook first visited these islands he took some pains to ascertain from the 
natives whether cannibalism had ever been practiced among them. They invariably 
denied that it ever had, at the same time expressing the utmost disgost and horror 
at the very idea. But they had a tradition, that a long time ago, there had lived on 
Oahu a chief Who was a cannibal. The tradition, as preserved by a missionary resid- 
ing near the spot where the chief once lived, wo copy here : 

" Halemono, eight or ten miles east of Waialua is the place where Kalo A {kanaka, 
a cannibal chief, once lived. This little spot nearly resembles an ox-bow in shape, 
and lies between two deep ravines ; the only access to it from the sea being through 
n narrow Isthmus of only a few yards in width. On this little ox-bow of one or two 
hundred acres is the site of a heathen temple of oblong shape, about 200 feet by 60, 
sufficiently large to seat 8,600 people In the native way, and leave a small spaco 
unocoupied. 

M Near this is the site of a house said to have been occupied by the chief,— dimen- 
sions 60 feet by 40. Between the house and the temple, a little to the west is a large 
excavation in the earth, sufficient to admit an ox to be roasted whole ; this is pointed 
•out as the oven in which men were formerly roasted for the feasts of the chief. 

" Still further to the west, and distant from the temple about 13 or 15 rods is a 
huge flat stone, with a smooth surface, nearly an octagonal shape, six feet perhaps in 
diameter, and of one or two tons weight On this stone it Is said the roasted victims 
■of this cannibal chief were dissected and eaten. The stone goes by the name of 
Kalo's ipnkai or meat platter. Natives say that pieces of this stone broken off and 
exposed to the action of the fire, have frequently developed an oily substance which 
they suppose arises from its having been saturated with the fat of viotims. The ex- 
periment however which wo made, did not satisfy us that such would likely to take 
place at this late period. 

44 Kalo is reported as having been a chief over about three thousand people, all of 
whom lived within a few miles of the hciau or temple, — where he was accustomed 
occasionally to feast on the dead body of 6ome enemy, intruder, or stranger who 
might be despatched for the occasion. 

44 Kaanokeewe, his servant or under chief lived at a place called Kanewal ; where 
there Is a very narrow pass between two ravines, and very abrupt on both sides. On 
tliis neck of land Eaanokeewe built his house, reaching from bank to bank; so that 
all who might go to the mountains for timber in that direction must go through his 
house ; travellers also from the north side of the island frequently passed that Way. 

44 All of these he was In the habit of questioning as to the object of their several 
journeys ; and If by any artifice he could implicate them in deception real or fancied, 
he regarded them as lawful proy, took their lives, and carried them with haste to 
Kalo to be devoured. 

44 Kaanokeewe is reported as having been very athletic, ready to give battle to any 
man, and sure to conquer in single combat So that the victims procured by him 
♦ for his master were numerous. Natives say many forties in number. Kaanokeewe 
destroyed all his own brethren and those of his wife, except one, who escaped 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 55 

from him and wont to Kauai. On Kauai ho learned the art of managing a con- 
test in single combat, and with hi* newly acquired skill returned to Oahu. No sooner 
hod he arrived than he heard that his slater, Kaholekua, wife of Kaanokeewe had been 
killed by her husband. On this intelligence he made haste to tbe spot, found his 
sister not dead but severely injured. Hp then attacked Kaanokeewe with all his 
skill, and In the encounter both of them went off the precipice together ; and in that 
fall Kaanokeewe' s bead was caught between two trees, and, grappled as he was with 
his antagonist, his neck was broken short off. With the death of this procurer of 
victims, the cannibalism of the chief Kalo ended, as he had no one to procure him 
victims. From that time this horrid custom ceased." 

The ancient Hawaiians were extremely licentious. Marriage, as known among 
Christian nations, had of course no existence here. A man had many wives, and 
a woman had many husbands. The ties of consanguinity were but little regarded, and 
among the chiefs the connection of brother with sister and parent with child, was 
quite common. For men to interchange wives, and wives to interchange their hus- 
bands, was a common act of friendship, and those who would not do this were re- 
garded as unsocial and churlish. For a man or woman to refuse a solicitation for 
sexual intercourse, was considered extremely mean and niggardly, but to comply was 
to be generous, liberal and social. 

Infanticide prevailed to a fearful extent It was estimated by those foreigners who 
first -settled among the people, that at least two-thirds of all the children born per- 
ished by the hands of their parents. And If a father or mother became aged or in- 
firm, it was commonly the practice for the children to cast them down from some 
precipice, or to bury them alive, in order to rid themselves of the burden. The sick 
were frequently abandoned by their families to die, without care or attendance, or 
what was equally as bad, turned over to the tender mercies of the protended physi- 
cians, who steamed and drugged them to death, amidst superstitious mummeries and 
incantations. 

When a high chief died, a perfect saturnalia of licentiousness and crime immediate- 
ly followed. The most unbounded license prevailed. All law and restraints were 
cast aside, and the whole people appeared more like demons than human being*. 
Every vice and crime was allowed. Property was destroyed, houses were fired, and 
old feud* revived and revenged. Gambling, theft and murder were as open as the 
day ; clothing was cast aside as a useless incumbrance ; drunkenness and promiscu- 
ous prostitution prevailed throughout tbe land ; no women, excepting the widows of 
the deceased, being exempt from the grossest violation. There was no passion, 
however lewd, or desire, however wicked, but could be gratified with impunity, 
during the continuance of this period, which, happily, from its own violence, soon 
spent itself. No other nation was ever witness to a custom which so entirely threw 
off ail moral and legal restraints, and incited the evil passions of man to unresisted 
riot and wanton debauchery.* 

The Hawaiians had numerous games for amusement, which have long since fallen 
into disuse, their practice having been discouraged by the missionaries, as conducive 
to idleness and vice. Boxing, (mokomolao,) was a favorite national game. Huhta y 
sliding down steep hills on a flat board ; Aeenofa, riding on surf-boardB ; pattu, throw- 
ing darts at a mark along a level floor ; vlu^maika, something like bowls ; honeme y a 
game of drafts played with colored stones ; puhmehme, secreting a stone ; fiakookoo, 
wrestling ; loulou, a trial of strength by hooking the fingers ; honuhotvt, swimming 
with the hands only, the feet being fast interlocked ; wno, a trial of strength with the 

"Jarves, 2d Ed., p. 73. 



Digitized by Google 



5G no.XOLVLC DIUEVTOllY, 

arms; lAekavxi, leaping from precipices into the sen; lelekoicali, rope-swinging; kuht- 
kulai, wrestliug in the sea ; all these were favorite sports. There were other games 
of an impore nature, such as the urne, kiln and papuhene, which were practiced only 
■at night 

The dances, or httl/u, were of various characters, and mostly performed by females 
who were regularly trained to the profession, and were kept in the trains of the chiefs. 
They kept excellent time to the rude music of drums made of calabashes, and inter- 
spersed the dance with songs and chants, relating to the achievements of the chiefs 
or in honor of the gods. The dancers were decorated with wreaths of red and yellow 
feathers, and garlands of flowers. Their motions were sometimes brisk, at others 
.slow and graceful, but frequently lascivious in the extreme. At the present day the 
genuine ancient hula is but seldom practiced, public opinion and legislative enact- 
ments having caused it to fall into dtsuetude. 

Their weapons for warfare were few aud simple. They consisted of spears, daggers 
and clubs, made of very tough and hard wood, highly polished. They used slings, 
also, manufactured from human hair, or the fibres of the cocoanut tree, and with 
these they threw email smooth stones with great force and precision. 

The Mamo, (the name is taken from that of a bird,) or feather war-cloak of Kamc- 
hameha I., occupied nine generations of kings in the fabrication. Each bird famishes 
but two feathers of bright yellow, one under each wing, so that an immense number 
of birds were required to be caught to furnish the materials for this magnificent 
mantle, four feet long with eleven and a half feet spread at the bottom. The labor 
expended in procuring the feathers, the birds being found only in the most mountain- 
ous parts of the islands — and the time, patience and skill required for the manufac- 
ture of this " golden mantle," would make its nominal value equal to that of some of 
the most costly gems In the crowns of Europe. 

In agriculture and mechanical arts, the Hawailans evinced considerable ingenuity 
and skill, as much indeed as the quality of their tools would allow. With Implements 
of stone, shell or bone, they felled large trees and fashioned handsome canoes, some 
as much as sixty feet In length. With these tools they built neat houses ; carved 
wood and stone with great ingenuity, and manufactured all that was needed for do- 
mestic purposes. They were skillful agriculturists, in their way, aud expert fisher- 
men. In short, their natural faculties and the skill displayed in supplying their few and 
simple wants were such as to excite admiration, and proved the possession of me- 
chanical abilities which since, in contact with the arts of civilized life, have been 
greatly developed. 

They had a superficial knowledge of astronomy. They had names for five of the 
planets, and at sea— for they frequently ventured out of sight of land In their canoes 
—they directed their course at night by these stars. The year was divided into two 
.seasons, of six months each, the Kan, summer, and the Hooilo, winter. The summer 
months were, Ikiki, (May,) Kaaotui, IJinauteleele, Karnahoemua, Kamahoehopc, and 
lkua, (October) : those of the winter, Wdehu, (November,) Makalil, Kado, Kaulua, 
Nana, and Wdo, (April). 

In the preceding paragraphs, wc have endeavored to give an outline sketch of the 
government, religion, manners and customs of the Ilawaiians, as they existed pre- 
vious to the advent of civilization and Christianity. And in concluding this section 
of our subject, we will give a description of the character of the ancient Hswaiians as 
summed up by Jarves : 

" From childhood, no natural affections were inculcated. Existence was due 
rather to accident than design. Spared by a parent's hand, a boy lived only to be- 
come the victim of a priest, an offering to a blood-loving deity, or to experience a 



■ 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 5T 

living death from preternatural fears :— a slave, not only to his own superstitions, but 
to the terrors and caprices of his chief. Life, limb, or property^, were not his to 
know. Bitter, grinding tyrranny was his lot. No mother's hand soothed the pains 
of youth, or father's guided in the pursuits of manhood. No social circle wanned 
his heart by its kindly affections. No moral teachings enkindled a love of truth. No 
revelation cheered his earthly course, and brightened future hopes. All was dark- 
ness. Theft, lying, drunkenness, riots, revelling, treachery, revenge, incest, lewd- 
ness, infanticide, murder : these were his earliest and latest teachings. Among them 
was his life passed. Their commonness excited no surprise. Guilt was only meas- 
ured by success or failure. Justice was but retaliation, and the law itself arrayed 
each man's hand against his brother. Games and amusement* were hut nutans of 
gambling and sensual excitement An individual selfishness which sought present 

or instruments, was the all-predominating passion. Their most attractive qnality— It 
cannot be called a virtue — was a kind of easy, listless, goodnature, never to be de- 
pended on when their interests were aroused. Instances of a better disposition were 
sometimes displayed, and occasional glances of humanity, among which may be men- 
tioned friendship, and a hospitality common to all rude nations where the distinctions 
of property are but slightly understood, enlivened their dark characters ; but suffl- 
eient only to redeem their title to humanity, and not make us altogether " blush and 
hide our heads " to own ourselves fellow-men. Individuals there were, who rose above 
this degradation, and their lives served to render more prominent the vices of the 
remainder. The French explorer, La Perouse, though fresh from the Rousseau 
school of the innocence of savage life, thus expressed his opinion : ' The most dar- 
ing rascals of Europe are less hypocritical than these natives. All their caresses 
were false. Their physiognomy does not express a single sentiment of truth. The 
object most to be suspected is he who has just received a present, or who appears to 
be the most earnest in rendering a thousand little services.' 

" Their Joys and griefs were equally ephemeral ; tears of sorrow could follow in 
quick succession peals of laughter, and both give way to an almost Immoveable 
apathy; a natural consequence with those whose moral and intellectual world is 
almost a vacuum, and whose want* and passions are altogether physical Such hap- 
piness as sin, misery and the most complete moral degradation allows, was indeed 
theirs. So dark were their conceptions of one of the most pleasurable emotions of 
the heart, — gratitude — that there was found iu their language no word to express the 
sentiment While it abounded in terms expressive of every shade of vice and crime, it 
was destitute of those calculated to convey ideas of virtue or rectitude." 

Look on that picture, and then on this. Forty-nine years ago, the 90th of March 
laBt, the first missionaries arrived at Hawaii, and found the people in the debased 
and utterly heathenish condition above described. Through years of patient toll, un- 
tiring kindness and forbearance under injuries, the missionaries gradually gained the 
respect and good will of the people, and their influence became great with the chiefs. 
Whether that influence was always and in every instance used to the extent and with 
the discretion that it might have been, has been questioned by some, and in earlier 
years and for a long time after their arrival here they were bitterly opposed, and their 
motives maligned by some resident foreigners and by transient visitors. Whether 
the missionaries adopted the be*t and wisest course to christianize and civilize this 
nation, it is not our province to discuss ; the simple feet is ours to record, that the 
moral, social and political condition of the people in 186«, is as light to darkness, 
when compared with what they were in 1830 ; and further that this advanced stage at 
8 



Digitized by Google 



58 HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 

which they have arrived in civilization, religion and learning, is due in a paramount 
degree, to the influence and exertions of the American missionaries. This is bnt the 
simple truth, and it is felt and acknowledged by the people themselves. 

Meantime, the commerce of civilized countries attracted to these shores, bringing 
in its train the mechanical arte and developing the agricultural resources of the coun- 
try, has done a great work in arousing the latent energies of the race, and where form- 
erly, yielding to the seductive influences of the climate and the ease with which a 
subsistence could be obtained, they spent their time in idleness, they have now learned 
to look with contempt upon a man who lives without work of some kind, and have even 
adopted the English word loafer into their language, applying it to "an idle man — a 
vagrant who seeks his living by sponging or expedients/' Among them are to be 
found good masons, carpenters, painters, printers, blacksmiths, tailors, shoemakers, 
and other artisans. Their skill in land-surveying, engraving, and the different branches 
of mathematics, is remarkable. They are apt as domestics, good farm hands, expert and 
good natured as seamen, and in all the departments of service generally faithful in 
proportion to their knowledge and recompense. In many of the various deportments 
of business, by their cheapness of living, and advantages derived from nationality, 
they are enabled to compete successfully with the foreigners. The aggregate wealth 
of the people is on the increase. Where once they were naked savages, all are now 
decently, clothed in the fabrics of Europe and America. In the matter of houses, in 
the towns, especially, grass huts are the exception, wooden buildings the rule, and 
instead of sitting on the bare mats as formerly, the native's domicile is now neatly 
and often handsomely furnished with the conveniences and comforts of civilized life. 
In the matter of diet, too,— conceded by physloligists to have an Important bearing 
on Hhe intellectual as well as the physical powers — the Hawaiians have undergone a 
great change. Formerly, they subsisted almost entirely on two articles — fish and poi 
—and frequently minus the flsh. Now, however, beef is more plentiful and cheaper 
than flsh, and Is largely consumed. And a Hawaiian laborer of the present day is ex- 
tremely partial to his loaf of bread and bowl of tea or coffee before beginning work hi 
the morning. Though, as a nation, they are still characteristically volatile, exciteable 
and imprudent, yet they have learned the value of money sufficiently well to be sav- 
ing, and many a native whose appearance would lead one to suppose that he possessed 
nothing more than the shirt and pants that he stood in, could, on occasion, bring 
forth from Its hiding place a stocking well filled with dollars. 

Living under equal and just laws, faithfully executed,— lightly taxed for the support 
of his government, in the conduct of the affairs of which he has a voice through his 
representatives,— religion and the advantages of education untrammeled and free to 
all, — and the avenues to wealth and position open before him, — the Hawaiian of to- 
day, remembering what his ancestors were fifty years ago, may well consider that his 
lines arc cast in pleasant places. 

In this connection, we may quote a few words from Jarves, p. 859, 3d ed. : 

"It is no injustice to the foreign traders to attribute this general prosperity mainly 
to missionary efforts. By them, the islands have been made desirable residences for 
a better and more refined class of whites ; these have been instrumental of much 
good, and even of counteracting the somewhat too rigid and exclusive tendencies of the 
mission. But they came for pecuniary gain, and the good resulting from their inter- 
course was incidental The whole undivided counsels and exertions of the mission 
have been applied to the spread of Christianity and civilization, How far they have 
been successful, let the result answer." 

With the increasing prosperity of the people, a slow but gradual intermingling of 



Digitized by Google 



AXD HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



the Caucasian and Hawaiian races has taken place, and a large class of half-castes has 
grown up, and is steadily and rapidly increasing In numbers. While native-born 
Hawalians, they are more or less educated in the English language. They must, ere 
long, become a power to be felt and acknowledged In the land. By the last census 
taken in 1866, this class numbered 1,640 in all the Islands. The time is not far dis- 
tant, in the natural course of things, when these descendants of foreign fathers and 
Hawaiian mothers will outnumber the pure natives, and a new nation will arise, in 
which the differences of color, language and influences now prevailing but gradually 
disappearing will harmonise, the English language predominate, and the benevolent 
intentions of Providence, unfrnstrated by man, be shown in a moral, prosperous and 
powerful community. "It is, (Bays Jarves,) "as unwise as useless to attempt to 
preserve the entire nationality of the Polynesian race. It would be but a blind ad- 
herence to sentiment, which has nothing beside sympathy with the past to recom- 
mend it The past, to them, was full of error and trouble ; the future can be of wis- 
dom and happiness. For their perpetuity, the virtues, language and knowledge of 
the Auglo-Saxon race must be adopted." 

POPULATION, AND ITS DECREASE. 

In 1779, Cook very vaguely^estlmated the population of the Islands at 400,000. He 
was undoubtedly misled. Tne figures that would have been nearer the truth, are 
800,000. The last official censns, that of 1866, gives the total population at 62,950, a 
decrease, in eighty-seven years, of 238,000 ! The causes of this terrible melting away 
of the nation, have been various. First were the bloody and unsparing wars of 
the conquest by Kamehameha I. ; then, in succession, the pestilence of 1804, of which 
some of the survivore give a description that will equal in vividness and horror that 
of the great plague in London — three hundred corpses are said to have been carried 
out from Walkiki alone in one day; the long, terrible and unchecked ravages of 
drunkenness and syphilis, both introduced by foreigners ; the partial and irregular 
adoption of foreign clothing, increasing colds and fevers, and aggravating a previous 
disposition to disease, and frequently resulting In death ; the prevalence of the Influ- ( 
enza, whooping cough, and the measles in 1849 and 1850, whereby the native popula- 
tion was decimated ; the great epidemic of the small-pox in 1868, which took off, It 
is estimated, v fully 8,000 ; all these, besides the ordinary causes of mortality, the Ha- 
waiian nation has had to meet. 

In 1828, the population was estimated at 142,000, or one-half less in forty-two years. 
In 1832, a census was taken, which gave the numbers 130,313, or 11,737 less In nine 
years ; In 1836, another census gave 108,579, or 21,737 less In four years. In 1850, a 
census was taken which gave 84,165, or 24,414 less In fourteen years. In 1858, the 
census gave 78,187, or 11,028 in less than three years, the last of which was the small- 
pox year. In 1860, the census gave the total population as 69,700, or less 3,537 in 
seven years. And in 1866 it gave 62,959, or less 6,741 in six years. In the foregoing 
enumeration of the population for 1860 and 1867, foreigners are included. In 1860 
there were 2,716 foreigners on the islands; the census of 1866 gave the number at 
4,194, an increase of foreigners in six years of 1,478. During that time the actual 
decrease of the natives was 8,219, deducting from which number, 1,478 the increase 
of foreigners, gives the total decrease of population 6,741, as above stated. The num- 
ber of half-castes,— children of foreign fathers and Hawaiian mothers,— is stated in 
the census of 1866 at 1,640. It is thought, however, that this is considerably below 
the true figure. The sexes are nearly equal, there being six more females than males. 

The males outnumber the females, by 5,831. The married females outnumber the 



Digitized by Google 



< 



60 E0N0L UL V DIRECTOR T, 

married male* by 8S5, and the unmarried males are in excess of the unmarried 
females, 5,484, there being In this category 13,094 of the latter against 18,578 of the 
former. Of children under fifteen, the census gives 16,678, the males being again in 
excess to the number of 864 The number of freeholders is set down at 7,154 ; pro- 
fesnionaliste, 512 ; agriculturists, 8,258; mechanics, 1,146; laborers, 5,025. The total 
number of beef cattle on the islands in 1806, is put down at 59,918 ; number of goats, 
56,980; sheep, 100,626. Horses were not enumerated at the last census, but by the 
assessment of 1861, the number taxable was put down at 26,462-probably one-third 
less than the actual number. 

Previous to the year 1858, there were but few Chinese on the islands, and they 
were of the better class, mostly merchants and shop-keepero. Since that period, 
however, the business of importing Chinese coolies as laborers and house servants 
has been carried on to some extent. According to the censuB of 1866, there were 
then 1,090 male and 110 female Chinese on the islands, or 1,200 in all. By a report 
made in 1869, by a Chinaman, who is a convert to Christianity, and who professes to 
have Conversed with every one of his countrymen on the islands, there was 1,201 
males, 76 females, and 40 ohildren, or a total of 1,317 : there was 121 married to Ha- 
waiian women, and of the half Chinese there were 167. 

It is believed, by those beet qualified to judge, that during a few years past, the 
mortality among the people has been greatly stayed, and that the decrease, though 
still going on, is much less than In former years. If this shall prove to be the case, 
it will be due in no small degree to the operations of that noble institution, the 
Queen's Hospital, where many who if uncared for would have gone to the grave, 
have been restored to health. And moreover the natives are fast becoming faithless 
of the pretensions of their kahunas, and are now very generally glad to avail them- 
selves of the services of foreign physicians, whenever there are any at hand. 

The causes that are still operating towards the ultimate extinction of this people, 
the returns showing year after year an excessive proportion of deaths, are patent 
enough. We quote a few passages from a letter addressed by the present Minister of 
the Interior, Dr. F. W. Hutchison, to the late R. C. Wyllie, in 1862. 

" As to the excessive proportion of deaths to the numbers of the people— venereal 
diseases are the chief, [causes] and especially the eyphilitic poison, the great body Of 
the people being contaminated with it, either by direct contagion or hereditary. It 
meets the physician everywhere; he cannot walk the streets of the town or move 
about the country without seeing It in its most loathsome forms. Let him enter the 
native cottages, and he will frequently find its victims awaiting death to relieve them 
from Its tortures. He sees it hi the new-bom child ; he finds children of all ages suf- 
fering from it, In many cases hi its primary forms. Go Where he will, the medical eye 
detects it ; and if death is not prbduced by it directly, the constitutions of many are 
so enfeebled that they succumb to the first attack of sickness ; and in fact its ravages 
are so universal as of itself to account for the decimation of the people. 

« Another cause of this decadence Is, that a very large proportion Of the children 
that are born die within a few months ; the mothere— especially the younger ones— 
are often unwilling to look after them. They feel an Infant to be a burden, it prevents 
them from travelling about, Interferes with their pleasures ; consequently it is handed 
over to the care of the grandmother or other relatives ; it is deprived of its proper 
nourishment, or gets it at uncertain times ; it Is fed on cow's milk, poi, sweet potato 
or other Improper food. The result is the child Is puny, even if born with a healthy 
wmstitution, dies of marasmus, or an attack of dtarrhtea or other disease comes on, 
which noon carries it to the grave. Should the mother suckle it. or wish to do so, in 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 61 

a majority of instances the milk is unwholesome or scanty— often suppressed alto- 
gether. But with the best milk in the world, on the port of some parents, should the 
child be attacked with any of the diseases to which early life is so liable, it dies from 
very slight causes, owing to the want of proper nursing, of which the natives are 
quite ignorant, and want of proper nourishment, which, perhaps, the friends are una- 
ble or unwilling to purchase, and which, if obtained, they do not know how to pre- 
pare. 

#«•#••##**# 

" I may as well refer here to the crime of foeticide, which I believe to be prevalent 
even with the married. Natives have described to me the mode of proceeding, and 
have mentioned women who have practiced it, time after time. Prom the dangerous 
character of the operation, it must often result in the death of the mother, as well as 
the. destruction of the future man. 

"Why is it that so few children are born amongst the native population ? This 
is CM important subject. The causes should be thoroughly investigated. Are they 
avoidable ? I believe so, and if measures can be devised to obviate them ; there yet 
may be hopes for the preservation of the native race. I conceive the principal ones 
to be: 

" The very early period of life at which sexual intercourse commences in both sexes. 
It would appear incredible were I to state the age beyond which I believe very few 
girls remain virgins. I need not explain to you, a physiologist, that sterility must be 
the inevitable result The evil is doubtless greatest with the females, but the virility 
of the male must also be impaired. 

" The practice of polyandrta amongst the females, especially the younger ones, is 
almost universal, and in itself would be sufficient to prevent conception, but com- 
bined with the last mentioned causes, the evil is immensely increased. 

" The riding on horseback is another most formidable cause ; should conception 
take place, the practice almost inevitably causes the premature expulsion of the 
foetus in the early months. The women know well its effects, and it is doubtless 
resorted to systematically In many cases. I have previously mentioned that young 
married couples do not wish for children. They will tell you so. Pnt the question to 
a healthy pair why they have no children, and they will reply : We do not wish for 
them. If we had them we must stay at home ; now we can go wherever we please 
and enjoy ourselves. 

• **#*#♦#*# 

" I might state other causes, but I forbear. It will be sufficient for me to say, that 

if a woman brings an infant into the world, there are plenty of her own sex able and 

willing to instruct her in the best meanB to avoid such a misfortune for the future. 
##*»#•»### 

" I consider the above to be the principal reasons of the rapid decrease of the native 
population, and it is my firm conviction that the decrease vdll become greater within 
the next few years. The evils are increasing daily. Numbers of old people and per- 
sons of adult age must necessarily be removed shortly in the course of nature. Dis- 
ease of all kinds is doing its deadly work, and there are few growing up to fill the 
gap. The people are thoroughly demoralised. (I use the last word in its widest sig- 
nification.) Villages containing a number of families have not a child born to them, 
or if one or two should see the light, death seises them within a few months, I re- 
peatedly found this to be the case when engaged In my vaccinating duties. Settle- 
ments are vanishing in all directions*, others reduced to one or two houses. The 
destruction of cottages in universal throughout the conntry : you may ride tor mile* 



Digitized by Google 



<W HONOL UL U DIRECTOR f, 

and hardly meet a human being. No new villages appear to show that the people 
are merely migrating; doubtless a number of those who disappear from the country 
parts find their way to Honolulu or other seaports, and this Is the reason I believe 
that yon who live there fail to realize the true condition of things in the rural dis- 
tricts. You see the people around you keeping up their numbers, and you do not 
know that they arc recruited at the expense of the remoter districts, the head do* 
vouring the extremities. 

" Should it be determined to attempt a remedy for the evils with which this unfor- 
tunate country is afflicted, it should be done at once — there is no time to lose ; half 
measures will be useless. The cant cry of remedying them gradually by education 
must necessarily be a failure, as before the leaven can work, the nation will have dis- 
appeared from the earth/' 

The foregoing paragraphs from Dr. Hutchison's pen, are words of truth and sober- 
ness, and coming from one so thoroughly well informed, from actual personal obser- 
vation, are well worthy of consideration in reviewing the causes of the wasting away 
of the Hawaiian nation. 

COMMERCIAL STATISTICS. 

Previous to the discovery of gold in California in 1848, the commerce of the islands 
wns very inconsiderable, the exports being mostly in the shape of supplies furnished 
to whalers— of which there were at some seasons as many as two hundred at anchor 
in Honolulu harbor, and half as many at Lahaina — and to occasional vessels of war. 
But the rapid settlement of California which followed upon the gold discovery, very 
speedily had the effect to stimulate agricultural pursuits in these islands. In 1848, 
the imports were $605,618.78, and the exports 1518,870.40. In 1851, the import* had 
reached the sum of $1,838,831.68, and the exports $601,081.49. In 1850, the imports 
and exports had slightly receded from these figures. During that year 540 whalers 
and 130 merchant vessels visited the ports of the islands. The product of sugar was 
1,836,620 lbs ; coffee, 82,528 lbs. In 1862, the imports and exports had fallen off, 
* being reported at $098,280.67 as the value of the former, and $576,541.87 that of the 
latter. Of sugar there was exported during 1862, 8,005,603 lbs ; paddy and rice, 981,- 
707 lbs ; duty received on spirits consumed, $28,980.41. 

Coming down to the year 1868, we have a very elaborate table of Custom House 
statistics for the year 1868, prepared by W. F. Allen, Esq., Collector-General. We 
compile the principal items. 

The total value of imports during the year was $1,800,046.18. Value of domestic 
exports, port of Honolulu, $1,450,260.26; foreign goods exported, $447,046.87— total 
exports, $1,808,215.63. 

The export of sugar for 1868, amounted to 18,812,926 lbs ; molasses, 492,830 galls. ; 
paddy, 863,054 lbs ; rice, 40,450 lbs ; coffee, 78,873 lbs ; salt, 540 tons ; fungus, 76,781 
lbB ; wool, 258,014 lbs ; pulu, 342,882 lbs. 

Under the head of Dry and Fancy Goods, the islands imported in 1868, to the 
amount of $361,931.50; clothing, hats, boots and shoes, $216,638.00; hardware, agri- 
cultural implements, etc., $104,350.78; lumber, $51,868.29. 

As compared with the published exhibits of 1867, those of 1868 are very satisfac- 
tory, showing an increase of $96,147.24 in domestic exports ; of $92,406.52 in foreign 
exports, and a total increase of exports of $218,553.76. At the same time a decrease 
of imports is shown of $35,762.45 from the previous year's exhibit 

The number of merchant vessels at the ports of the islands in 1868, was 113, of 
which 66 were American, 22 Hawaiian. 16 British, 3 TahiUan, 3 Italian, 1 Russian, 1 
Prussian, 1 French, 1 Swedish. 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



Number of whaling vessels during the same year— 143 American, 6 Hawaiian, 2 
North German, 2 Tahitian. 

The annual transhipment of oil and bone from whalers to merchant vessels to be 
sent East on frieght, is no small item in the business of the port of Honolulu. There 
was thus tranehippped in 1868, to the United States, 104,920 galls sperm, 733,805 galls 
whale, and 497,884 lbs bone. To Germauy, 1,858 galls sperm, 41,108 galls whale, and 
99,259 lbs bone. 



Valob of Goods paying Duty 
Honolulu from 



at I Value of Goods including Si-uuts, Bonded 



United States Pacific side . 
United States Atlantic side 
North German Confederation 
Great Britian 
British Columbia . 
Sea by Whalers . 
Islands of the Pacific 
Russian Possessions 
Hong Kong 
Japan . 
Manila 



E 

» TT, 



1763,922 02 United States Pacific side . . $112,586 42 

120.797 28 United States At Inn lie side . 186,462 99 

188,412 30 North German Confederation - 26,234 53 

76.576 081 Great Britian .... 26,268 82 

28,283 26 British Columbia .... 8,559 79 

2.732 35! Sea by Whalers .... 252,234 77 

1.922 90 Islands of the Pacific . • - 23.530 59 

2,713 50 1 Russian Possessions . . . 14,957 73 

7.633 88 1 Hong Kong 8,261 93 

3,180 37 1 Japan 8,007 00 

Manila 3,307 05 



2,012 94 
1,123 71 



$615,411 63 



$1,197,410 54 

For a small community, in the article of spirit* the islands consume largely. 
During the year 1868, there was taken out of bond for consumption, the following 
quantities : 484 gallons rum, 5,060 gin, 5,034 brandy, 8,104 whisky, 549 alcohol, 987 
sherry, 452 port, 39 cordials, 341 " sundries paying a duty of $45,827.40. 

The Customs receipts for the year foot up the sum of $210,076.30, being $10,523.61 
less than the receipts of 1867. Included in these receipts ia the sum of $1,174 passen- 
gers' tax, imposed under 8ection 1, of Chapter 69 of the Penal Code, which reads as 
follows : 

"Any passenger arriving from a foreign port at any of the porta of this kingdom, 
shall bo subject to a tax of two dollars for the support of hospitals for the benefit of 
sick and disabled>Hawaiian seamen, which shall be paid to the several Collectors of 
Customs before any permit is issued to such passenger in accordance with existing 
laws, or the provisions of the Civil Code hereafter to go into effect." 

The number of passengers arriving at the islands during 1868, was 839, of whom 
518 were from 8an Francisco. The number of 
was 676, of which 547 were for San Francisco. The 
for the year was 163. 

The number of national vessels at Honolulu during 1868, was seven — one French, 
one Japanese, three American, and two British. 

The number of vessels, merchant, whaling and coasting, registered under the Ha- 
waiian flag, is considerable, and steadily increasing. By the Collector-General's re- 
port for 1868, we find that there are sixty, as follows : 17 merchant vessels, of 5,569 
tons; 9 whaling vessels, of 2,570 tons ; and 37 coasting vessels, of 1,654 tons, repre- 
senting a total of 9,793 tons. In 1860, the number of vessels under the Hawaiian flag 
was 49, with a total tonnage of 5,030. 
We have been thus somewhat particular in giving the commercial statistics of the 
in order to afford our readers, in a condensed form for reference, a general 



FAILURE OF WALKER, ALLEN ds CO. 

The failure of the mercantile firm of Walker, Allen & Co., of Honolulu, which oc- 
curred on the 10th of January, 1867, from the magnitude of their liabilities and their 



Digitized by Google 



64 HOXOL UL U DIRECTOR Y, 

intimate business relations with the sugar growing interests of the islauds, wm an 

event of such importance as to warrant a notice of it in this sketch of Hawaiian His- 
tory. The firm were agents for a number of the most flourishing sugar plantations of 
the islands, for the uses of which they had from time to time advanced considerable 

the purchase of supplies to carry on the business. The circumstances connected 
with and which led to the financial embarrassment of the firm, have nothing to do with 
the simple statement of the fact that the firm failed for an amount approximating to 
$700,000. The consequences were that several of the plantations changed hands, and 
for a time a damp was cast upon the sugar growing interest The affairs of the firm 
were finally settled by their paying 24 2-6 per cent on the amount of $407,000 of 
liabilities. 

THE KAONA REBELLION. 

In 1868, a native named Kaona, who had become half crazed on religious subjects, 
set up for a preacher in the district of Kona, Hawaii. He claimed to be a prophet, 
directly inspired by the Almighty. Having been well educated for a Hawaiian, and * 
possessing the gift of eloquence in a high degree, he soon drew after him crowds of 
the credulous and excitable natives. After a time, some of his actions, unusually 
eccentric, caused his committal to the insane asylum, where he remained very quietly 
for some months until he was discharged by the Court, on a certificate of sanity from 
the physician. Returning to Kona, he commenced preaching again, and with his fol- 
lowers, numbering a hundred or more, " squatted" on a tract of land leased by a for- 
eigner. An attempt was made by the 8heriff of the District, Mr. Richard B. Neville, 
armed with a writ from a magistrate, and accompanied by a posse of constables and 
others, to eject Kaona and his adherents as trespassers. They resisted with force the 
reading of the writ, and Neville was hit in the temple and knocked off his horse by a 
stone, when his party retreated, leaving the Sheriff in the bauds of the insurgents. 
He died during the day from the wounds he bad received. The next day, a party of 
foreigners and natives proceeded to the neighborhood of Kaona' s camp, and demanded 
the body of Neville. This was refused, and on threatening, demonstrations being 
made by Kaona' s party, the attempt was given up. In the melee, a constable, named 
Kamai, was lassoed and dragged by the neck by one of Kaooa's men, and brutally 
murdered with an axe. As soon as the news reached Honolulu, an armed force was 
dispatched to the scene of the disturbance, but before it arrived there, Kaona and the 
principal members of his party had been taken prisoners, without any more blood- 
shed, by an armed force of foreigners and natives under the command of the Sheriff of 
Hawaii. The trial of the ringleaders in this fanatical emeute, took place at the spring 
Term of toe Circuit Court at Hllo, and resulted in the conviction for manslaughter 
of Kaona, and four others, and their sentence to imprisonment at bard labor for 
terms varying from five to ten years. 

VISIT OF TEE DUKE OF EDINBURO. 

On the 21st of July, 1869, His Royal Highness, Alfred Ernest, Duke of Edinburg, 
the second son of the Queen of Great Britain, in command of H. B. M.'s Frigate 
the Galatea, arrived at Honolulu, from Tahiti, en route for Japan and the East Indies. 
As by advices previously received the OalaUa had beeu expected for some time, con- 
siderable preparations had been made to receive the noble visitor. His Majesty the 
King caused to be refitted and handsomely furnished for the occupancy of the Duke 
and party, a commodious mansion near the seaside, and every arrangement was made 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 



for the proper reception and entertainment of the scion of a royal stock who wag to 
be the nation's guest The Duke landed on the morning of the 33d under salutes 
from the ship and from the Battery on Punch Bowl HiE. He wm received at the 
landing with hearty cheers from a crowd of natives and foreigners, who had assem- 
bled to welcome him to the strand trodden by Cook ninety years before. Could that 
renowned navigator have looked upon the scene, he would scarcely have recognized 
Irt the well-dressed, intelligent-faced Hawaiians vf ho thronged the street, the verita- 
ble descendants of the naked savages who crowded around him in Ignorant awe and 
worshipped him as a god in 1779. 

On account of the necessity that existed for the Duke to be 1b Japan to meet the 
Admiral of the station by a given time, the period of his stay here was limited to 
twelve days only. On the 23d he was entertained at dinner by His Majesty the King, 
at which were present the members of the Cabinet and the Court On the evening of 
the 28th, His Majesty gave a ball at Iolani Palace, in honor of His Royal Highness, 
attended by between four and five hundred invited guests, comprising the wealth, 
rank and beauty of this island Kingdom. At the supper, all the delicacies, luxuries 
and substantial that could be procured, were spread in abundance. The Duke pro- 
posed " the health and prosperity of His Majesty Kamehameha V," with three cheers, 
which his nighucss led himself. The King returned the compliment by asking the 
company to join him in pledging "the health of Her Majesty, Queen Victoria, and all 
the Royal Family of England, and more especially of the Royal Duke, now among 
us. 1 ' The toast was enthusiastically received. On the 2»th, the King and suite visited 
the Galatea, and was received with a salute, and the manning of the yards. On the 
30th, the Duke entertained the King and suite at dinner, at his residence. 

In accordance with an ancient custom, the natives on several days during the stay 
of the Duke, paid him a visit at his residence, to the number of several thousands at a 
time— men, women and children, each one carrying some small present in the hand. 
There were tons of fruits and vegetables, hundreds of pigs, fowls, etc, piled up in 
the yard In front of the house. His Royal Highness received his visitors with their 
gifts, very affably, and all who wished to do so, enjoyed the honor of shaking hands 
with " ke keiki alii,"— the young chief, as they called him. 

As His Highness had expressed a desire to see a Hawaiian feast conducted in the 
ancient style, the Hon. Mrs. Dominls, herself a chiefess of high rank and wife of the 
Governor of Oahu, gave an entertainment of the kind at her suburban residence at 
Waikiki, at which His Majesty the King, the Duke and a number of bis officers, and 
a large concourse of invited guests were present All the different varieties of Hawai- 
ian food, cooked and uncooked, were provided in lavish abundance. After the dinner 
was over, of which the Duke partook quite heartily,— like the rest, sans knife and 
fork— a representation was given of some of the ancient hulas, or dances, accompanied 
with the chanting of melex or songs. 

The Qalatea sailed for Japan on the 3d of August the noble guest of the nation be- 
ing accompanied to his boat by His Majesty, attended by his staff. 

His Royal Highness expressed himself extremely pleased with his reception and 
entertainment here, and regretted his inability to make a longer stay. The very agree- 
able impression made by him upon all, was that he was a gentleman of courtly and 
high-born bearing, but quite affable and unassuming withal. 

CONCLUSION. 

As was stated in the outset we have not aspired to write a history of the Hawaiian 
Islands. To perform that task, fully, impartially and acceptably, requires an able 
9 



Digitized by Google 



66 HONOL UL U DIRECTOR Y, 

pen in the " coming man." Nor baa the time yet arrived when speculations arc at 
an end, as to the future of this people, so recently wrested from savage barbarism and 
placed on the list of independent nations of the earth. 

From the limited materials that have come to band, we have endeavored to put to- 
gether in a convenient form for reference, an outline sketch of the principal events of 
island history, without indulging in comments on subjects often peculiarly sugges- 
tive, — naught extenuating or setting down aught in malice If wc have succeeded in 
producing a sketch of Hawaiian historical events, with reliable dates, that shall supply 
a want that has boen felt, our object will have been accomplished. 

Our thanks are due to the Custodian of the Government Library, to Messrs. H. M. 
Whitney, J. H. Black, R. G. Davia and others, for facilities afforded in collecting the 
materials for our work. 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. C7 



A CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF NOTABLE EVENTS 

CONNECTED WITH HAWAIIAN HISTORY. 



[In compiling the following table of events, we have availed ourselves to a consid- 
erable extent of the table published in the K% Okoa, native newspaper of the year 
1865, and of the table found in Andrew? Hawaiian Dictionary. Neither of those tables 
have been found to be without errors, and whenever it could be done with accuracy, 
they have been corrected in the present tabic But we do not claim for this 
that it is perfect, as the materials for its compilation have been few and not always 
satisfactory.] 

1736 Kamehameha I born, at Kokoiki, Kohala. 

1740 The King of Oahu, on the passage to Molokai, sees a ship. 

1768 Kaahumanu born. 

1775 Kaahumanu becomes the wife of Kamehameha I. 

1779 January 17, Capt. Cook anchored in the Bay of Kealakekua, Hawaii. 

February 14, Capt. Cook was slain at Kaawaloa, Hawaii. 
1783 April, Ralaniopuu died, leaving his Kingdom (Western Hawaii), to Kiwalao, 
who was his own son. 
July, the battle named Mokmihae, 1. e., the fight of Kamehameha with Kiwalao 
and bis party at Keomo, Hawaii, Kamehameha triumphed, Kiwalao was 
8 lain, and Keona became King of Kau and Puna. 
Keawemauhili reigns as King at Hilo, Hawaii. 

Keaulumoku composed the mele Ham ka Lani, or a Prophecy of the overthrow 
of Hawaii by Kamehameha. 

1790 First American ship {Eleanor, Captain Metcalf) visited the Islands. 

Keoua was taken prisoner by Kamehameha at Koapapaa, ilamakua, Hawaii, 

and Kamehameha thus became sole King of the whole Island. 
John Young and Isaac Davis became attached to Kamehameha. 

1791 In this year the battle of Nuuanu was fought, hi which Kalanikupule, son of 

Kahekili, King of Maui and Oahu, was slain ; and thus Maui, Molokai, La- 
nai and Oahu fell into the hands of Kamehameha. 

1793 March 3, Capt Vancouver first visited the Islands, and left cattle, sheep, Ac. 
The Dctdalut, store-ship, visited Waimea, Oahu; a Massacre. 

1798 March 13. Vancouver anchored at Lahaina. 

1794 December, first discovery of Honolulu harbor. Entered by JackaU and Prince 

LeboOy American. 
Kckuanaoa born. 

1795 January 13, last visit of Vancouver. 

Daedalus visits Nlihan. Massacre. January 1, murder of Captains, 
1797 Liholiho (Kamehameha II.) was born. 
1801 The fleet of canoes called Peleleu arrived at Kawaihae. 
1803 The Peleleu arrived at Lahaina. 

1803 The Peleleu arrived at Oahu. 

1804 The great pestilence called oJitdav okuu. 



i 



r 



Digitized by Google 



t 



68 HONOLULU DJMCT0R7, 

1812 Thestone wall of Kiholo was built 

1814 March, Kaulkeaouli (Kamehameha III.) waa born. 

1817 The Fort at Honolulu finished. 

1819 May 8, Kamehameha I. died. 

October, Llholiho breaks kapu on the night of KukahL 

1820 January, a battle on account of breaking kapu, at Kuamoo on Hawaii. 
March 30, first Missionaries arrived at Kailua. 

April 18, Missionaries first arrive at Honolulu. 
July, Messrs. Whitney and Buggies sailed for Kauai. 
First whaler (Mary, Capt. Allen) enters Honolulu harbor. 

1821 First house of Christian worship built in Honolulu. 

1828 January 7, Printing first commenced at the Islands. It is said that King llho- 
liho was allowed to pull the first sheet. 
1628 April 27, the second company of Missionaries arrived. 

November 27, Llholiho, his Queen and attendants sailed for England, leaving 
the Kingdom In the core of Kaahumanu. 

1824 July 8, Kamamalu, wife of Llholiho, died in London. 
July 18, Liholiho died in London. 

August, Kapiolani descended into the Volcano of Kilauea. 

1825 May 4, Bokl and his companions return from England with the remains of the 

King and Queen in the English frigate Monde. 

1827 October, Kinau and Kekuanaoa were married. 

1828 March 30, the third company of Missionaries arrived. 
July 8, first Meeting House at Honolulu dedicated. 

December 2, Boki and his company sailed away from the Islands and were lost. 

1830 December 11, His Majesty Kamehameha V. was born. 

1831 June 7, the fourth company of Missionaries arrived. 
September, the High School at Lahaina was commenced. 

1832 May 17, the fifth company of Missionaries arrived. 
June 5, Kaahumanu died. 

June, Kinau was appointed Premier (Kuhma Nui.) 
The Oahu Charity School was commenced. 

1833 March, Kamehameha III. assumes the reins of Government, and Kinau becomes 

His Minister (kuhlna NuL) 
May 1, the sixth company of Missionaries arrive. 
The Bethel Church built at Honolulu. 

1834 February 9, Kamehameha IV. (Alexander Liholiho) was born. 

February 14, first Newspaper printed at the Hawaiian Islands, called the Lama 

Sateaii, at Lahainaluna. 
The Newspaper Kumu Hawaii commenced at Honolulu. 

1835 June 6, the seventh company of Missionaries arrived. 
First Hawaiian Almanac printed. 

1836 January 2, the Queen Dowager Emma was born. 
The Female Seminary at Wailuku, Maui, commenced. 
The first Weekly Newspaper in English commenced. 
The High 8chool of Mr. Lyman commenced at Hllo. 
December, Nahienaena died. 

1837 February 4, Kamehameha HI. and Kalama were married. 
April 9, the eighth company of Missionaries arrived. 

The business of laying out public streets in Honolulu was commenced. 
November 7, remarkable rise and overflow of tide throughout the Islands. 



Digitized by Google 



ASJ> HISTORICAL SKETCH. 69 

1888 August, the Chiefs commence the Btudy of Political Economy with Mr. Rich- 
ards. 

November 1, Victoria Kamamala was born. 
April 4, Kinau died. 
1839 April 6> Kefcauluohl became Premier (Kuhina Nni) 

Muy 10, the printing or the First Edition of the Hawaiian Bible finished. 
Jnly 9, the French man-of-war FArtcmUe (Capt Laplace) arrived. 
Kaikloewa died. 

1849 The School for the Young Chiefs commenced at Honolnla-Mr. and Mrs. 
Cooke Teachers. 
January, Hoapili, Governor of Hani, died. 
The stone Meeting House at Kawalahao, Honolulu, commenced. 
August 3, Mr. Bingham and Family returned to the United States. 
October 8, Kamehamcha in. gives the first written Constitution to the people 

of the Hawaiian Islands. 
October 90, Kamanawa and his servant wore publicly executed for crime. 
September, the United States Exploring Expedition arrived. 
1841 May, Kaplolanl died. 

May 21, the ninth company of Missionaries arrived. 

The School for Missionaries' Children at Funahou (now Oahu College) com- 
menced. 

January, Hoapili Wahine (Kalakaua) died. 

July 8, Haalllio sailed as C<miml8 6 ioner to the Courts of France, England and 

the United States. 
Jnly 91, the Meeting House at Kawaihae finished. 
September 21, the tenth company of Missionaries arrived. 
The United States consent to toe Independence of the Hawaiian Islands. 
February 25, Lord George Paulet seized the Hawaiian Islands and raised the 
English Flag. 

Jnly 81, the sovereignty of the Islands was restored by Admiral Thomas of the 
^* English Navy. 

September, Bartimeus Puaaiki died. 
1844 The Government of Belgium consents to the Independence of the Hawaiian Isl- 



November 28, the Governments of England and France recognize the Independ- 
ence of the Hawaiian Islands. 
Jnly 15, the eleventh company of Missionaries arrived. 



Haalilio died on his return voyage to the Islands. 

1845 April 9, Representatives first chosen from the common people under the Con- 

stitution of October, 1840. 
Mr. Richards, the Interpreter of Haalilio, returned with Ws Remains. 
Kekauluohi died. 

First export of Coffee — 248 pounds. 

John Young (Keoni Ana) is appointed Premier (Knhina Nni.) 

1846 February 11, Commissioners appointed to settle land claims. 
March 20, Mr. Whitney died at Lahainaluna. 

1847 Mr. Richards died. 
Governor Kuakini died. 

First appearance of Mormons at Honolulu, en route for California. 



Digitized by Google 



70 HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 

1848 Moses Kaikoewa died. 
Kalminaauuo died. 

Th twelfth company of Missionaries arrived. 
The Measles (mai puupuu nla) prevailed, and was very fatal. 
1S49 The Fort seized at Honolulu by Admiral Tromelin of the French Navy. 
Beef first exported from the Islands— 158 barrels. 
Keliiahonui died. 

1850 .lames Young Kanehoa died. 
Kaoanaeba died. 

1851 The Hawaiian Missionary Society was formed. 
Kekauonohi died. 

June, the Court House at Honolulu built. 
First Whale Oil and Bone transhipped. 
1863 April 3, Kaliokalani died. 
First export of Fungus. 

1853 The Small-Pox (mai puupuu liilii) swept over the Islands. 

1854 The Fort at Lahaina demolished by order of the Government 

December 15, Kamehameha III. (Kauikeaouli) died, and Kamehameha IV. be- 



1855 Paki died. 
Mr. Hitchcock, of Molokai, died. 
Flour exported — 463 barrels. 

1856 June 3, Kamehameha PV. was united in marriage with Emma Rooke. 
Isaac Davis was married to Ruta Keelikolani. 

1857 The Fort at Honolulu was demolished by order of the Government. 
Konia (Widow of Paki) died. 
John Young (Keoni Ana) the Premier died. 
Victoria Kamamalu appointed Knliina Nui. 

May 38, William L. Lee, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, died, aged 36. 
David Malo, native Hawaiian Historian, died. ^ 
Honey Bees first introduced by the R. H. Agricultural Society. 
Oahu Prison built 
1 aw May 30, birth of the Prince of Hawaii. 

Rice first systematically cultivated near Honolulu. 
Sailor's Home established. 

1859 July, Rev. L. Smith's premises burnt.- 
April 30, Jona Piikoi died, aged 50 
April 36, Laying of Corner 8tone, Odd Fellows' Hal). 
January 7, Dedication of Odd Fellows' Hall. 

February, Eruption of Volcano on Mauna Loa, running down to Wainanalii. 
The Civil Code published. 
Gas Light first introduced into Honolulu. 

September 9, William Pitt Kinau, son of Leleiohoku and R. Keelikolani, died at 
Kohala, Hawaii, aged 17. 

1860 May 5, Arrival of Japanese Embassy en route to the United States. 
New Custom House built, Honolulu. 

Queen's Hospital buUt 

Honolulu Flour Mill and Foundry burned. 

Steamer Kilauea arrived. 

Prince L. Kamehameha (Kamehameha V.) sailed for California. 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 71 

1860 September 33, Rev Dr. R. Armstrong, Minister of Public Instruction, died. 

Passage of the " Law to Mitigate," &c. 
1SG3 April, Palmyra Island, in lat. 5© 50' W. long. 161© Stf W., taken possession of 
by Capt Z. Bent, for Kumekameha IV. and his successors, and subsequent- 
ly declared by Royal Proclamation to be a part of the Hawaiian Domain. 
August 27, Death of the Prince of Hawaii, aged 4 years, 8 months and 7 days. 

The funeral took place, September 7. 
Lahainaluna Seminary burned and .rebuilt the same year. 
October 11, Reformed Catholic Church Mission arrived. 
IS63 November 80, His Majesty Kamehameha IV. died, aged 29 years, 9 months and 
21 days, and Prince Kamehameha ascended the Throne as Kamehameha V. 

1864 May 5, Convention of Delegates to amend the Constitution called by the King. 
July 7, Convention opened. 

August 13, Convention dissolved and Constitution abrogated 
August 20, New Constitution granted by the King. 
L. Haalelea died. 

1865 October 19, R. C. Wyllie, Minister of Foreign Relations, died, aged 67. 
Queen Emma visited the United States and Europe. 

January 27, arrival of the steamer Ajax from California. 

1866 May 29, H. R. H. Princess V. Kamamalu died, aged 27 years, 6 months and 29 

days. 

July 20, J. Dudoit, formerly French Consul, murdered. 
October 22, Return of Queen Emma, 

1867 March 12, G. M. Robertson, First Associate Justice of the Supreme Court, died, 

aged 47. 

1868 November 4, His Highness, Mataio Kckuanaoa, father of the late King and of 

his present Majesty died, aged 75 years. 

1869 July 21, Arrival of H. R. H. Alfred Ernest, Duke of Edinburg, in command of 
jsw H. B. M.'s' ship Galatea. 

^| \ August 2, Lighthouse at the entrance of Honolulu harbor permanently lighted. 

^^^^ 

CHURCHES AND EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS. 
. 9 > 

KAWAIAHAO CHURCH. 

On the corner of King and Punchbowl streets. Founded in 1825, by Rev. H. Bing- 
ham, Sr. On the return of Mr. Bingham to the United States In 1840, Rev. R. 
Armstrong was appointed pastor. Rev. E. W. Clark succeeded Mr. Armstrong. The 
present pastor, Rev. H. H. Parker was installed June 23, 1863. The present house of 
worship was commenced in nod completed in 1842. The present membership of 
the Church is about 990. Whole number of admissions since the commencement of 
the Church 6.628. Whole number of deaths 2,110. 

THE SEAMEN'S BETHEL. 

Corner of King and Bethel streets, was built in 1833, under tho chaplaincy of the 
Rev. John Diell, of the u American Seamen's Friend Society." He died in 1841 ; and 
was succeeded the following year by the Rev. Samuel C. Damon, D. D., tae present 
Chaplain. 



Digitized by Google 



tt Honolulu Directory, 

Number of members (resident in Honolulu) 48. Preaching cm Sabbath morning fit 
11 o'clock. Sabbath School before the morning service, at 7 1-2. 

KA UMAKAPILI CHURCH. 

8ituated at the west end of Beretania street. This house of worship was built and 
dedicated in the rear 1838, under the pastorate of the Rev. Lowell Smith, D. D., who 
continued in charge until the month of June, 1868, a period' of thirty years. During 
that period 3,943 persons were admitted to membership ; 2,655 marriages were solemn- 
ised ; and 1,780 church members had died. Total members at present about 700. Dr. 
Bmith resigned in 1868, and was succeeded by the present pastor, the Roy. A, 0. 
Forbes. 

REFORMED CATHOLIC CHURCH. 

This is a branch of the established Church of England, holding the same fundamen- 
tal doctrines of belief, but tocltatog, to the forms of worship, to an extended and im- 
posing ritual. 

During the second visit of Vancouver to the islands, he had premised the chiefs 
that teachers should be Sent to them from England. But for some reasons which do 
not clearly appear, none were sent But in 1861, the late King Earn chum eha IV., 
wrote an autograph letter to Queen Victoria on the subject of the establishment of a 
branch of the Church of England here, and guaranteed an amount out of his private 
purse, towards the support of a clergyman who should, besides ministering to such 
congregation as might be gathered, act as Chaplain to the Reyal Family. Id conse- 
quence a debate took place hi the Upper Bouse of Convention of Canterbury, and on 
the 15th of D Member, the Rev. Dr. T. Nettleship Staley, Was consecrated to West-* 
minister Abbey, as Bishop of Honolulu, and soon afterwards, accompanied by three 
priests, sailed from England for the Islands, where they arrived October llth, 1862. 
For several years after the arrival of this mission, they occupied as a place of worship 
the Wooden structure on Nuuanu street, formerly known as the Methodist ChapeL 
Subsequently the mission was removed to a let of land on Emma Square,— « present 
from the late King,— where a temporary Cathedral and Chapel have been erectod, 
besides school-houses, and residences for the clergy and ** Sisters of Mercy," who 
last are the teachers of a Boarding and Day School for girbs. A Boarding and Day 
School for boys, is also in operation in Nuuanu Valley, under charge of Rev. C. W. 
Turner. 

On the lot to Emma Square, it is proposed to build a Cathedral of Coral stone, and 
the foundation is completed. On the 6th of March, 1867, the corner stone of the pro- 
jected edifice was laid by His Majesty Kamchameha V., with appropriate ceremonies. 

The members of the mission at present are : 

Honolulu— The Rt Rev. T. N. Staley, D.D. ; Dean and Rector, The Very Rev. T. 
Harris, M. A. ; Head Master of the School, Rev. C. W. turner; Reader in the Cathe- 
dral, Mr. Rupert BerrilL 

Lahainar-The Venerable Archdeacon Mason. Schools for boys and girls, the latter 
by SiBtcrs of Mercy. 

WaQuku, J/atrf— Rev. 0. B. Whipple, a clergyman of the Protestant Episcopal 
Church, U. S. A., In charge of the parish. A school for boys and one for girls, the 
letter under the charge of Mrs. Whipple. 

SOMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH. 

On the 6th of August, 1840, the foundation stone of the Roman Catholic Cathedral 
at Honolulu was laid. The Church was several years in building, and it was not until 
1845 that the first mass was celebrated within its walls. 



Digitized by Google 
j 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. 73 

A large congregation attends this Chnrch, consisting mostly of natives. We have 
been unable to ascertain the actual number of communicants either in Honolulu, or 
on the other islands. 

The clergy in Honolulu are : Monseigneur Maigret, Vicar Apostolique ; Fathers 
Modeste and Hermann. 

FORT STREET CHURCH. 

Corner of Fort and Beretanla streets. This Church was oiganizcd in 1852, and 
settled its first Pastor, Rev. T. E. Taylor, in the same year. He was succeeded by 
Rev. J. D. Strong in 1865, whose pastorate continued until 1857. Rev. Eli Corwin 
was settled in 1858 and continued in the pastorate for ten years. 

Since October, 1868, the Church has been without a settled pastor, but is now enjoy- 
ing the services of the Rev. E. C. BisseU, of San Francisco. The present membership 
is about 135. 

1.-0AHU COLLEGE, 

Is a chartered institution, and partly endowed by the Hawaiian Government, who 
appoints two of its Trustees. It was chartered in 1853, but was not fully organized 
till 1856. It is pleasantly situated at Punahou, two miles east of Honolulu. A private 
school for the children of Misaionlaros had existed on the ground since July, 1848. 

In 1851, it was opened to the community in general, and afterwards chartered and 
partially endowed under the title of Oahu College. 

The Rev. D. Dole, was Principal of Punahou school until 1854, and remained as 
Professor of Languages in Oahu College until June, 1855. The first President of the 
College under the charter was the Rev. Edward O. Beckwlth, who entered upon his 
duties September 25, 1854, and remained until November, 1859. He was succeeded by 
the Rev. C. T. Mills, who arrived in 1859, and remained until June, 1864, when he re- 
signed on account of ill health, and was succeeded by W. D. Alexander, the present 
incumbent. 

^ The property of the College is held by a Board of Trustees, fifteen in number, two 
of whom are nominated by the King. The Trustees at present are W. D. Alexander, 
Wm. C. R. Bishop, E. 0. Hall, Rev. W. P. Alexander, Hon. S. N. Castle, Rev. L. H. 
Gulick, Hon. E. H. Allen, Rev. T. Coan, Rev. D. B. Lyman, Rev. D. Baldwin, Rev. 8. 
C. Damon, John Low and Dr. R. W. Wood. There being two vacancies at the prca- 
ont moment 

The College is supported partly by the interest of its invested funds, and partly by 
the avails of tuition fees. The buildings and land belonging to the Institution are 
valued at about 125,000. It has also about $12,000 invested in the islands, and about 
$23,000 in the United States, $17,000 of this latter being in United States bonds. 
About $25,000 more are needed to complete its endowment, and enlarge its means of 
usefulness. 

Candidates for admission to the Preparatory Department are examined in Written 
and Mental Arithmetic through Division, in Topical Geography, Reading, Spelling and 
Writing. Candidates for admission shall produce satisfactory evidence of good moral 
character. The institution is prepared at present to furnish a thorough course of 
teaching in English branches, and to conduct students through the first two years of 
the regular collegiate course. The year is divided into three terms of twelve weeks 
each. The first term begins on the first Wednesday in September. 

The price of tuition is twelve dollars a term. There are extra charges for Instru- 
mental Music, Painting and Modern Languages. There is a Boarding Establishment 
10 



Digitized by Google 



T4 HONOL UL U DIRECTOR \\ 

connected with the institution, in which board can be obtained at a moderate charge- 
The teachers for the last quarter were W. D. Alexander, M. A., President and Pro- 
fessor of Languages ; K P. Church, Professor of Mathematics and Superintendent of 
the Boarding Department ; Mre. Frances A. Church, Matron and Instructor in Eng- 
lish branches; Miss Ida Sloan, Instructor in Music and Drawing; Miss Harriet A. 
Castle, Assistant Teacher in English branches. 

The total number of pupils during the past year was 71, but the average dally atten- 
dance was about 00. 

2.—LAHA1NALUNA SEMINARY. 

This is a high school for natives conducted in the Hawaiian language, and supported 
by the Government The number of enrolled scholars for the year 1888, was one 
hundred and ten. The amount expended by the Board of Education during the two 
years ending March, 1868, was $7,396 40. Considerable attention is paid to the ac- 
quisition of the English language, and to industrial and agricultural pursuits. Rev. 
8. E. Bishop is the head teacher. 

Z.—JIIL0 BOARDING SCHOOL FOR BOYS. 

This school, under the teachership of the Rev. D. B. Lymau, has sixty-one scholars, 
and receives annually from the Board of Education $900. 

A.-BOARDING SCHOOLS FOR BOYS TAUGHT IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 

St. Alban's College, Pauoa, Oahu, 40 scholars, Revs. Mason and Turner. Ahui- 
mauu College, Koolaupoko, Oahu, 40 scholars, Rev. R. A. Walsh. Koloa, Kauai, 
Rev. D. Dole, 11 scholars. 

BOARDING SCHOOLS FOR GIRLS CONDUCTED IN ENGLISH. 

Waimea, Hawaii, Mrs. L. 6. Lyons, 6 scholars. Lahaina, Maui, English Sisters' 
school, 87 scholars. Makawao Female Seminary, Rev. J. P. Green, 63 scholars. St. 
Andrews Priory, 35 scholars, E. Bertha, 8. M. Sisters of the Sacred Heart's School. 
(Roman Catholic Mission, Honolulu,) 30 scholars. Kawaiahao, Miss Bingham, |g 
scholars. Walalua Female Seminary, 73 scholars, Rev. O. H. Gulick. 

t.-DAY SCHOOLS ASSISTED BY THE BOARD OF EDUCATION, IN WHICH 

ENGLISH IS TAUGHT. 

HUo, 36 scholars, H. R. Hitchcock. Lahaina, 65 scholars, G. W. Hart Walluku, 
Maul, 77 scholars, Rev. G. B. Whipple. Kaluaahn, Molokal, 46 scholars, Miss M. A. 
Paris. Royal School, Honolulu, 188 scholars, J. R. Kinney, principal, assisted by 
Miss Mary Cooke, Miss E. T. Paty, Miss L. B. Brickwood, and Miss M. K. Beckley. 
The Milllani Girl's School, Honolulu, 58 scholars, Miss S. F. Coney and Mrs. Caroline 
Kinney. Waioli, Kauai, 23 scholars, J. Kavanagh. 

1.-DAY SCHOOLS, NOT ASSISTED BY THE GOVERNMENT, IN WHICH 

ENGLISH IS TAUGHT. 

Of these there are seventeen on the different islands, and the number of scholars is 
reported by the Board at 784. 

^.-INDUSTRIAL AND REFORMATORY SCHOOL AT KAPALAMA, OAHU. 

This school, established under the Act of 30th December, 1864, is in a flourishing 
condition. The number of pupils at the date of the last report (1868) was 31 boys and 
2 girls. The school is at present in charge of Kcv. B. W. Tarkcr, assisted by Misa 
Mary Parker. 



Digitized by Google. 

i 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCH. TS 

t 

9.-THE COMMON SCHOOLS. 

The number of Common schools throughout the Islands on the first of January, 
1868, was 219. These arc the District Schools, in which the Hawaiian language only la 
taught The average cumber of children attending was 6,218, of whom 8,487 were 
boys, and 2,781 were girls. In 52 of these schools, the sexes have been separated, 28 
for the instruction of girls exclusively and 26 for that of boys exclusively. 

The total amount appropriated by the Legislature for educational purposes, for the 
two years ending March 31, 1870, was— $92,135. 

THE COURT, GOVERNMENT OFFICERS, <Sx. 

The Court. — His Majesty Kamehameha V., born December 11, 1880. Ascended 
the Throne November 30, 186a Son of Kinau and Grand-Son of Kamebameha I. 

Her Majesty Queen Dowager Kalama, relict of His Majesty Kautkeaouli, Kameba- 
meha UI. 

Her Majesty Queen Dowager Emma, relict of His Majesty Alexander Lihollbo, 

Pmvt Council of 8TATE.— His Majesty the King. Their Excellencies the Minis- 
ters ; the Governors of Oahu, Kauai and Maui. Her Excellency the Governess of 
Hawaii His Honor the Chancellor of the Kingdom. 

H. A. Kahanu, S. N. Castle, R. G. Davis, A. Fornander, C. Kanaina, C. R. Bishop, 
P. Y. Kaeo, 8. P. Kalama, W. Hillebrand, W. C. Luoalilo, T. N. Staley, J. W. Makale- 
na, W. P. Kainakan, G. Rhodes, J. Mott Smith, T. C. Hcnck. Sec'y D. Kalakaua. 

The Cabinet.— His Majesty the Kino. Minister of Foreign Relations, His Ex. C. 
de Varigny. Minister of the Interior, His Ex. F. W. Hutchison. Minister of Finance, 
His Ex. C. C. Harris. Attorney-General, Hon. 8. H Phillips. 

Bureau of Public Instruction.— President, Hon. W. P. Kamakau. Members, 
C. C. Harris, C. de Varigny, F. W. Hutchison, and Bishop 8taley. Inspector-General 
of Schools, A. Fornander. Secretary, W. J. Smith. 
^ Bureau of Immigration.— President, Minister of the Interior. Members, C. R. 
^^ahop, C. C. Harris, D. Kalakaua, W. Hillebrand. 

Supreme Court.— Chief Justice, Hon. E. H. Allen. First Associate Justice, Hon. 
A. S. HartwelL Second Associate Justice, Hon. H. A. Widemann. Clerk, L. 
McCully, Esq. Assistant Clerk, W. Humphreys, Esq. 

Circuit Judges. — First Circuit, Oahu, Hon. W. P. Kamakau. Second Circuit, 
Maui, Hon. A. J. Lawrence. Third Circuit, Hawaii, Hons. D. K. Naiapaakai, C. F. 
Hart and R. A. Lyman. Fourth Circuit, Kauai, Hon. D. McBryde. 

Board of Health.— President, Minister of the Interior. Members, W. Hillebrand, 
M. D., Godfrey Rhodes, W. P. Kamakau, T. C. Heuck. Port Physician, A. C. Buffum. 

Government Officers.— Jailor Oahu Prison, Capt J. H. Brown. Collector-Gen- 
eral of Customs, W. F. Allen, Esq. Postmaster-General, A. P. Brickwood, Esq. 
Registrar of Conveyances, Thomas Brown, Esq. Superintendent Waterworks, Capt. 
Thomas Long. Superintendent Public Works, Robert Stirling, Esq. Harbor-Master 
of Honolulu, Capt John Meek. Pilots in Honolulu, Capts. A. Mclntyre and C. S. 
Chadwick. 

Lodges.— Le Progres de TOceanie, F. & A. M., Alex. McDuff, W. M. Lodge 
meets at 55 King street Hawaiian, No. 21, F. & A. M., J. A. Hassinger, W. M. 
Lodge meets In Makee's Block, 3d floor. Excelsior, No. 1, L O. of O. F. Lodge 
meets in the Hall of the Odd Fellows' Building, 53 and 54 Fort street Ultima Thule 
I. O. of G. T., No. 1. Lodge meets at 76 King street, 2d floor. 



Digitized by Google 



pit . 



70 HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 

LIST OF POST OFFICES. 

Island or Haw An. —Brntnuuten— Hilo, J. H. Coney ; Walmea, Rev. L. Lyons ; 
Kawaihae, Sam'l L. Chllltogworth ; Kaflua, Dan'l Montgomery ; Kealakeakna, Alex. 
Smith ; Waiohinu, W. Tbos. Martin ; Kohala, Rev. E. Bond ; Keanhon, 6. W. C. 
Jones ; Kealwa, F. R. Lyman. 

Maui. — Ihstmtuten — Lahaina, P. H. Treadway ; Waflaku, W. P. Mobsman ; Maka- 
wao, A. P. Sayre ; Haikn, Warren Ooodale ; Keanae, 8. Kamakahiku ; Hana, A. Un- 
na ; Kahulul, E. C. Hobron ; Kalepolepo, J. J. Halstead ; Ulupalakua, James Makee. 

Molokai. — ibirfm<M<er»-— Kaluaaha, E. H. Rogers ; Kaunakakai, E. H. Meyer. 

Lanai. — Ibstmaster — W. M. Gibson. 

Oahu.— Baimutem— Walalna, 8. Emerson ; Ewa, Kahaleaaho. 
Kauai.— flM/nuwf^r^Koloa, G. 8. Pinckham; Waimea, 8. Hanchctt; Nawniwfll, 
Paul Isenberg; Anaholo, E. Krull ; Moloaa, P. Bfertleman. 



Digitized by Google 



* 



a\\jD historical sketches. «r 



r HISTORICAL EVENTS 

1860-1871. 



THE LABOR QUESTION". 

An unusual political excitement' for these islands, commenced in the month of 
September 1889. It was an tone between free labor and the bonded slavery system. 
It originated- lir a call for a planters meetings to be held in^the Oourt House, on the 
9th of October-following-. The call was dated the 14th day of September, 1809, and 
was beaded "Circularfor a general meeting." 

There was much complaint among planters of a want of labor and a desire to 
ascertain the best source of supply. Many entertained the opinion that Chinese labor 
was the best and cheapest, while a strong party objected to the further introduction 
of Chinese laborers. Many intelligent persons contended that our law of labor con* 
tracts was defective— that our system of bonded labor, was but slavery in disguise— 
and that the spirit of the age condemned every form of slavery. There were many 
who also held the view that adequate prices would always command labor, and that 
if the natives of these islands were paid remunerative prices, then there would bo 
labor enough to supply the demand without going abroad. On the contrary, it was 
contended that laborers were already paid a compensation sufficiently high, and that 
if the pride of labor was raised, there would be no margin left for profits ; and that 
the natives could not be induced to engage in the cultivation of cane in sufficient 
numbers, and that a supply of native labor could not be depended on under any 
circumstances. These conflicting opinions were calcnla ed to produce agitation and 
much' political excitement prevailed for several months, without accomplishing any 
object, except enlightening public opinion on the great evils of our present system. 

The planters meeting assembled in the Court House at the time indicated and an 
exciting debate occurred in- which several persons other- than planters took part. 
Resolutions were proposed in flrvor of the further importation of Chinese laborers, 
under the direction of the Board oPImcaigration, and also indorsing the contract sys • 
tern. Many views were expressed by the different speakers, and the meeting ad- 
journed till the 11th of October) when the whole series of resolutions were passed. 

This was not regarded as an expression of public opinion, and other meetings 
were called. On Friday evening the 15th of October, .after due proclamation, a large 
meeting of the native Hawaiians was held in KaumakapUi Church, and after a full 
discussion two resolutions were passed by a large majority. The first was adverse 
to the Government assisting in bringing Chinese laborers to these islands ; the second , . 
" that the 1420th section of the Civil Code, providing for the imprisonment of thos e 
who break their contracts to labor* is unconstitutional and contrary to the bestia* 
tereste of the people." 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU Dl&ECTOIft. 



On the Tuesday following, another meeting was held (it Kuumakapili by the 
♦native Hawaiian?, and another resolution was adopted, condemning the further im- 
portation of Chinese laborers and recomending thecognate races of the Pacific Island*. 
This experiment has been tried as far aa the natives of Manahtki arc concerned and 
proved unsuccessful. 

A meeting of the foreigners of Honololn was called by proclamation, about the 
/time of the first native meeting. They met on Thursday the 14th of October, or- 
ganised and appointed a Committee to adopt resolutions, with instructions to report 
■at an 'adjourned meeting on Thursday following. 

At the time 46 which the meeting adjourned, the mass of the people met at Kautna- 
kupili Church, where a minority -committee reported. The majority committee re- 
ported at the Armory, where a «few had assembled, who passed resolutions in sub- 
stance the same as those adopted by the planters meeting. The meeting at Kaumaka- 
pili was the largest assembly of foreigners that ever convened on these islands. The 
discussion on the resolutions reported by the minority committee was animated. 
It was evident that a majority of the meeting was opposed to the importation of 
•coolies and to the contract system. Without arriving at a definite vote on the reso- 
lutions, the meeting adjourned to meet on Wednesday October 27th, when the voice 
of the foreigners conformed to the opinions expressed in the resolutions adopted in 
the native meeting, in opposition to the importation of coolies and the contract 

Bennett'* Own, a weekly newspaper, started on the 16th September, advocated 
the popular view and opposed the further introduction of coolies under the contract 
system, regarding bonded labor as a speices of slavery. 

The subject was considerably agitated throughout the various islands and in 
several districts it became -a political question in the election of representatives to the 
Legislature of the Kingdom in February 1870. 

The Legislative Assembly of 1870, met in Honolulu on the last day In April, and 
the question of the repeal of the contract system, was introduced before that body at 
an early day in the session. It was ably discussed and called forth the best talents, 
but it was finally indelicately postponed in the month of June. An effort was made 
to introduce the subject in another form, but under the rules it was decided out of 
order. 

A great objection to the repeal of the contract system, and a principal cause o f 
its defeat, was, that no remedy, no substitute was proposed. It was argued that there 
was a necessity for some legal remedy to enforce contracts, but no measure was 
suggested by the advocates of repeal. There was certainly some force in the Objec- 
tions. If an evil is to be eradicated, some remedy must be applied or supplied. 

THE JUDICIARY. 

Althongh the legislative body failed to respond to public opinion, the judiciary 
department nobly vindicated the rights even of the bonded slave. The case of Gip 
Ah Chan brought before the Honorable Alfred 8. Hartwell, first associate justice of 
the Supreme Court, on a writ of Habeas Corpus, in the month of August 1870, was 
one of peculiar interest and the ruling of the court exhibits the fact that the law will 
be independently administered by our judiciary, however poor and humble the appli- 
cant, or however powerful the influence that may be brought to bear against him* 



Digitized by Google 



AND HISTORICAL SKETCHES. 



THE SLAVE SHIP Db LORES UOARTB. 

On Wedbeso^, August tue^th, ^ 
San 8arvudor flag, arrived at Honolulu, from Macao, China. She had 684 coolies 
crowded in her hbldJU) the regular bid slaver style, With grated hatches, barricaded and 
armed sentinels stalking about the deck. Disease and death from the over crowded 
state of the vessel and bad and Insufficient' food, resulted on the passage to this port. 
By permission of our authorities many Of the sick were landed here. Bitter com- 
plaints were made of ill treatmeut, add the short allowance of 'food. A habeas 
corpus was issued on the application of one of the' coolies, Fan Ah ChOw. It was 
served on the master of the vessel late In the evening, he promised to appear in the 
mdrhingSnd answer it, but he sailed during the night, leaving behind the sick. He 
was evidently afraid to have the matter investigated. 

The fate of the Dolores Ugarte, is a terrible Illustration of the cruelty Of the 
slave trade. She Bailed from Macao, the Portugues slave port in China, in the 
spring of the present year, with upwards Of 600 coolies on board, destined for the 
Chincha Islands, in Peru. The treatment bf these man was so bad that they mutinied 
and set fire to the ship. The masters and crew succeeded in battening down- the 
hatches, thus imprisoning the whole mass of coolies in the hold of the burning vessel. 
They then abandoned the ship and left the unfortunate cargo of cbbUes to their fate. 
They evidently perished lh the devouring flames. 

THE HABEAS CORPUS ACT. 
The only measure Of an? Importance passed by the Legislative Assembly of 1870, 
was the Habeas Corpus Act It has met a demand which was long felt The dl 
vorcelaw Is a miserable affair, impracticable, impolitic and an encouragement to adttl- 
try. It has met with the voice of universal condemnation. The next Legislative will 
no doubt Tepeal It among its first acts. 

THE SYDNEY LINE OF STEAMERS 
On Tuesday, the 19th day of April, 1870, the British steamer Wonga Wonga, 
arrived in the port of Honolulu, twenty-three days from Auckland via Sydney. This 
Was the pioneer in the new Anstraliun line of steamers, by way of these islands to 
San Francisco, It was the dawning of a new era in onr commerce and the opening 
of a new market for the products of Our plantations in the flourishing colonies south 
of the equator. The line has been kept up Uninterruptedly from that time to the 
present, and two other steamers City of Adelaide and City of Melbourne 'have been 
placed on the line. These vessels now touch at Levuka, on the Ftfi Islands, but 
terminate at Sydney, since a new line has been established from Auckland. A new 
outlet for our trade will be opened by this line to the Fty group. 

THE U. S. NEW ZEALAND & AilSTRAl/lAN STEAMSHIP LINE. 

The steam ship Nevada, pioneer of a new line, arrived at Hbholulu from San 
Francisco, on the 17th of April, 1871, en route for Auckland. The Nebraska and 
Dacota, will be added to this line, and we have ovcry reason to believe that it is 
firmly established and will be continued with great regularity. The advantages of 
these different lines will be slowly, but permanently felt, and we cannot but feel that 
Honolulu is gradually becoming the centre of the commerce of the Pacific. 

THE STEAMER KILA UEA. 

The purchase of this steamer by the Government after the many failures of private 
Effort to run her profitably, was a great bencft and convenience to the public 



Digitized by Google 



80 ^ HONOLULU D1RECTORT; 

Thoroughly repaired and placed iu fine running order, she lias with increased speed* 
performed her regular inter-island trips, with but one intermission occasioned by an • 
accident In going on a reef at Molokai. The people had far better pay for a Teasel whic n 
belongs to them, than to furnish subsidies to forcigu capitalists and often without 
corresponding benefits. 

PROGRESS I&.S0CIA.L REFORM. . 
In the past two yeaF9 there has been a marked progress iu the. improvement of ' 
society In Honolulu*. Itj sobriety. and industry . we can perceive a.greafcr change for 
the better, and aB a necessary consequence in the moral tone. of the community. 
This may be attributed h) .a great degree to the organization of the Independant 
Order of Good Templera. The.ficat lodge (Ultima Thule) was organised in April 
1869, and since that time two additional lodges have been established in Honolulu, 
and they now number among their members the largest portion of our best citizens. 

\ IMPROVEMENTS. 
The new Post Office, constructed of concrete, is an excellent bnilding and an 
ornament to the city. Many private dwellings of a more substantial kind than usual 
have gone up, and the new hotel on the Hooper premises, exhibits the enterprise of our 
citizens and we hope that it will supply a demand long needed by the travelling com- 
munity. 

We have to record the , macadamizing of < Nuuanu street with coral, which lias 
made it one of the best streets in the city. A new and substantial bridge has been 
constructed over the Nuuanu river on the north end of Beretania strqet, and one is 
now in process of construction over the same stream ou King street. From appear- 
ance it will be agreat improvement on the former structure. As the central pile has 
been removed, there will be at least one third more space to the bridge and greater 
room for the water V» pass, so that in th* sudden rises which occasionally occur in- 
undations will be avoided. The work at dredging our harbor is continuous, and the 
filling up of "water lots 1 ' in a most substantial manner, is now going on. The road 
over the pall of Nuuanu street has not yet been commenced, we are of opinion that a 
cost of 130,000 will construct a good carriage road to Koolan. 

» THE WHALERS. 

The whaling business has been gradually diminshiag for several years, and year 
by year there has been a decrease in the number of vessels visiting our port. The 
completion of the overland rail road, give greater facilities for the transportation of 
oil from San Francisco to the east, and we anticipate the decrease of the whaling 
fleet will bemore rapid In the future than it has been heretofore. Our people can no 
longer calculate with certainty, on any great advantage from the whalers. Thev 
must resort to agriculture or other industrial pursuits, as a more solid and secure 
source of wealth. 

OUR COMMERCE 

Proceeds 'regularly with the dovelopement of our resources and the commerce of 
the Pacific Ocean. Our. chief article of export la sugar. This % would be greatly , in- 
creased if reliable and adequate labor could be procured at all times. Our rice and 
coffee could also be greatly increased, for as yet but a small portion of our soil adapted 
to these productions is under cultivation. The importation and consumption of, 
foreign goods and lumber in these Islands, exceeds that of any other countries of the. 
same population. A reference to the report of the Collector of Customs* will exhibit 
our export* and imports, as the design of our sketch will not admit them here. 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 



o 

A DAMS A, famished rooms, 70 note) street. 

Adams, E. P. auctioneer, 46 Queen street, residence 15 Emma street. 
Adder!ey B G, saddle i»nd harness maker, 71 Fort street, residence 158 

Nuuanu street. 
Adams J, at Dowsett'a store house 25 Fort street. 

Allen 8 C\ of the firm of Walker & Allen, entrance to residence 26 Richard? 

street antf 81 Alakea street 
Allen W F, collector of customs, residence 10 Kukui street. 
Allen E H, chief justice oi the supreme court, residence 247 Nnuanu street. 
Allen J, at the American Club Rooms. 
Andrews Mrs, residence 210 Nuuanu street. 
American Club Rooms, 87 Richard street. 
American Seamen's Hospital, 88 Punchbowl street. 
American Consulate, 88 Queen street. 

Afong A Achuck, wholesale importers ot Chinese goods, 17. Nuuanu street. . 
Afong, residence 161 Nuuanu street, 

Atherton J B» of the firm of Castle & Cooke, residence 186 King street. 
American Mission, 10 Merchant street, 

Auld J, printer, fijm of Black & Auld, residence 66 Beretania street 
Auld A, carpenter, residence 103 Beretania street. 
Auld W, carriage builder, 12 Fort street, residence Adam's court 
Austin Judge J W, office 14 Merchent street, up stairs, residence 78 and 7I\ 
Nuuanu street 

Agricultural Garden, Royal Hawaiian, 54, 56 and 58 Sctoel street, an4.4«, 

Emma street. 
Armstrong Mrs, boarding house, 98 Beretania street. 
Ah Fong, residence 71 School street 
Ah Chong, dealer in dry goods, 65 Nuuana street 
Alt Loo, trait store, 66 Nnuanu street 
Ah Kin, trait store, 70 Nuuanu street. 
Ah Hee, fruit store, 72 Nuuanu street 
Ah Hei, tea shop, 64 Nuuanu street 
Ah Sin, tea shop, 76 Nnuanu street 
A& Hee,. trait store, 79 Nuuana atreet 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Mreotoiy, 

All Too, fruit store, 89 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Onee, tea shop, 62 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Sue, tea shop, 06 Nuuanu street 

Atipi, 155 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Mee, 227 Nutiattu street 

Ah Kee, 251 Nuuanu street 

Akenalii, 868 Nuuanu street 

Aea, 5 Alakea Street. 

Achong, 11 Matmakea Street. 

Ah Hoo, Dry Goods, 28 & 30 Maunakea Street. 

Ah Pu, Gardener, ft* Judd Street 

Apela, Mrs. Fruit Store, 3 King Street. 

Andre, Residence 24 King Street. 

Ah Swan, Dry Goods Dealer, 44 King Street. 

Ah Sin, Retail Dry Goods, 48 Kin* Street 

Ah Lama, Dry Goods Store, 4ft King Street. 

Ah Onhong, Dry Goods Store, 70 King Btireet 

Ah See, Dry Goods Store, 71 King Street 

Ah Ohong. Dry Goods Store, 72 King Street. 

Ailom, Residence 128 King Street. 

Antone Manuel, Dry Goods Store, 34 King Street. 

Aiamamei, Residence, 81 Queen Street. 

Akahi, Residence 24 Queen Street. 

Ahon, Restaurant, 8 Merchant Street. 

Ah Chew, Bakery, 1 Hotel Street 

Ah Hanna, Carpenter, 5 Hotel Street 

Ah Long, Residence 6 Hotel Street 

Ah Chu,'Carpenter, 8 Hotel Street 

Ah Loy, Lodging house, 14 Hotel Street. 

Ah Pan, residence 21 Hotel Street. 

Ah Conna, Chinese drug store, 25 Hotel street. 

Ah See, pork shop, 26 Hotel street. 

Ah Hop, rice store, 27 Hotel street. 

Altumma, residence 16 Hotel street. 

Ah Pa, fruit store, 47 Beretania street 

Ah Chow, tea shop, 49 Beretania street. 

Ah Swan, charcoal dealer, 51 Beretania street. 

Ah Sum, fruit store, 37 Beretania street. 

Ah Kim, residence 1 Punchbowl street. 

A* Oie» residence 4 Punchbowl street. 



Honolulu Directory; 



Ah Hoia, residence £3 School street 

Antone, residence Sii toluol street. 

A atone Manuel, resid.mcc 85 School street. 

Ah Kin, grocer, 21 Punohbowl street. 

Ake, residence 21 School street. 

Ah Te, dry goods store, 15 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Chow, dry goods store, 21 Nuuanu street. 

Ah See and Achong, retail dry goods store, 23 Nuuanu street. 

Ah 8ee, retail dry good3 store, 27 Nuuanu street 

Ah Swan, restaurant, 82 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Mou, retail dry goods store, 35 Nuuanu street. 

Alt Hou, retail dry goods store, 36 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Yet, retail dry goods store, 37 Nuuanu street 

Ah Uona, coffee shop, 38 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Hong, shoe shop, 46 Nuuanu street. 

Achu, cobler, 48 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Schell, fruit store, 50 Nuuanu street. 

Ah Loo, fruit store, 59 Nuuanu street. 

J£ ANK of Bishop and Co., C R. Bishop principal, 4 Kaahumanu street ; 

employs J. H. Paty, H. Stillman, 8. Damon. 
Babcock Captain, entrance to residence 8 Adams Lane, 45 Union street. 
Bartow C. S., auctioneer, residence 80 Richard street. 
Barkel, residence 10 Uuion street. 
Baker J., mason, 77 King street 
Bay Horse Saloon, liquors, 42 Hotel street 
Bartlett's House, liquors, 54 Hotel street. 
Banning P., Belgium Consul, residence 134 Nuuanu street. 
BaiUieu Mona, French Consul, residence Waikiki, Office at F. A. Sohalers. 
Bennett C. C, publisher, importer, and dealer in perodicals, stationary? 

island enrosities, &c., 44 Fort street, residence 115 King street. 
* Bennett W., boot and shoe maker, 75 King street residence 9 King street. 
Benffeld W., carriage manufacturer, 74 and 76' King street- 
Bethel Seamens, 79 King street 

Beckwith M. B., principal Fort street School, residence 166 Nuuanu street. 
Beckley W., residence 27 Alakea street 

Beckley Maria, residence 29 Fort street and effBcretania street 
Berrill Captain, residence 146 Nuuanu street. 
Bishop C. R, residence 110 King street 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory,, 



Bishop Rev. A ., residence 252 Nuuanu street. 

Bingham Miss Lydia, school for girls, 164 an£ IOC IL'.rg strcch. 

Bird II., grocery store, 22 Richard street. 

Black nnd Auld, printers, 16 Merchant street. 

Black Mrs. J. H., milliner and dealer in fancy gfv»di. 63 Fort street 
BlaiMel J. Ij., carpenter, residence 99 Queen streCt. 
Tiooth Mrs., residence 24 Punchbpwl street. 
* Booth Captain J., residence 15, Smith street. 
Bolster A. B., rooms to let, 57 Merchant street. 
Bolster A. D., painter, 12 Kaahumanu street. 
Bush IT., foreman in the.- Gazette Office, residence 1.1. 1/.liha street. 
Buttler P., ship carpenter, residence 103 Fort street. 
1 Boyd Honorable E. H., residence Pauoa Valley. 
Buchanan W. R., residence 140 Nuuanu street. 
Burrows D., jesidence 10 Smith street. 
Buffums Hall, 22 Hotel street. 

Belles and Co., ship chandlers, 84 Queen street, residence 6$ Beretania, 
street. 

Bradley IT., barber, 46 Fort street, residence 128 King street. 

Brash W., furnished rooms, residence 62 and 64 Manuakea streets. 

Brash "W. C, printer at Black and Aulds, residence 13 Beretania street. 

Borres Captain B., confectioner, 19 Nuuanu street. 

Brenig C, dry goods, 10 Nuuanu street, residence 215 Nuuanu street. 

Brown J., residence 129 Fort street. 

Brown Thomas, conveyancer of deeds, residence 52 School street. 
# Brown Mrs., residence 77 Hotel street. 

Brickwood A. P., Postmaster General, residence 22 AJakca street. 
Brewster J., ealke*, residence, 11 Richard street. 
Burns R. P., cooper, 5 Fort street. 

^jASTLE and Cooke, importers of general merchandise, 80 King street. 

Castle 8. N., of the firm of Castle and Cooke, residence 168 King strprt. 
Castle A. C, registrar of public accounts, residence 1 Young street. 
Carter J. O., at "Whitney's book store, residence 188 Nuuanu street. 
Cartwright A. J., commission merchant, 41 Queen street, residence 21 Union 
street. 

Carter S„ cooper, 22 Fort street, residenpe 115 Beretania street. 
Catholic Cathedral, 87 Fort street. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory, 



f emetry, 918 Nuuanu street, 
Cemetry, 917 Nuuanu street 

Cemetry, Kawaiahao, 15, 17 and 19 Punchbowl street. 
Centre Market, meats, by J. 8. Risley, 44 Nuuanu street. 
Chayter J. T., ship smith, 7 Port street, residence 66 Hotel street. 
Chunlan and Brothers, dealers in dry goods, 27 Nuuanu street. 
Choongon, dry goods store, 13 Nuuanu Btreet. 

Chung Hoon, importer of Chinese goods, 1 1 and 13 Nuuanu street, res}-, 

dence 42 Emma street 
Church Kawaiahao, 175 King street 

Chase's H, L., photograph gallery, 64 Port street (secend floor). 
Chalamel and Co., importers of wines and liquors, 8 Nuuanu street, residence 
8 Nuuanu street 

Cleghorn A. 8., importer of general merchandise, 1 Kaahumanu street^ 4* 
Queen street, 67 Port street, 81 Nuuanu street, residence, 85 Emma, 
street; employs J. 8. Smithers, book keeper, T. Tucker, and Sylvester- 
ZaJHn. 

Clark W., boot and shoe shop, 44 Port street, residence 18 Private street, 

Clark W., clerk at Wards stables, residence 26 Liliha street 

Clay, blacksmith, residence 16 Richard street. 

Clavia, fancy painter, residence 47 Maunakea street 

Clifford J., butcher, 23 Queen street, residence 95 Reretania street, 

Coffin, cooper, at 81 King street, residence 71 Beret ania street 

Clifford & Co., meat market, 23 Queen street 

Commercial Hotel, retail liquors, 87 and 89 Nuuanu street. 

Cordy Captain J., residence 24 Punchbowl street, 

Cordy O. H., at Roses' waggon shop. 

Cordy £. E., printer. 

Cordy J. J., at Castle & Cooke. 

Corney P., carpenter, residence 6l Hotel street, 

Corney Mrs., residence 74 Hotel street. 

Coney, residence 41 Richard street 

Coffee and Billiards, by Pickfofd, 24 Port street 

Cooper shop, R. P, Burns, 16 Fort Btreet. 

Carpenter shop, 16 Fort street, L. L. Torbert; employs A. Snell, J. Bncklta k 
O. W. Blake, 

* 

Collins J., residence 48 Hotel street. 

Catholic Clergy, residence 78 Beretahia street ; coiiaistbuj of— Mgr. 1, 
You Heteren. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 



Cooke S. M., of the firm of Castle ant! Cooke, residence 165 Kin# .-»:iwf . 
Campbell A., merchant tailor, 11 Kaahumanu street 
City Hall, entrance 20 Nuuanu street, 

Crabbe II., at the Custom House, residence Meeks Court, 56 King »tr«ct, 

Crane Captain E. D., reeidence 134 Fort street. 

Crowell and Co., grocer, 176 Fort street, 

Crowell J. M., residence 188 Fort street 

Custom House, 8 Fort street. 

Court House, 23 Fort street. 

Cook J., carpenter, 65 School street. 

Cope L., variety shop, 52 Nuuanu street. 

Cannka? residence 101 Beretania street. 

Cummings J., residence 94 Beretania street. 

Crowell J,, at Chases, residence 20 Liliha street 

TfVVMON Rev, 8. C, Seam ens Chapel, residence 7 Chaplin street 

Damon S., at Bishop's Bank. 
Davis W.> lawyers office, 98 Quoen street) residence in the rear of 63 Hotel 
street. 

Davis W. H., lawyers office, 98 Queen street, residence in the rear of %$ 

Hotel street. 
David, native, horses to let 37 King street. 

Davies Theo. H., dealer in general merchandise, 5 Eaahumanu street; employ* 
G. W. McFarland, T. R. Walker, T. G. Bigott, and D. Kallet, residence 
217 Nuuanu street. 

Davis J., retail dry goods store, 52 Nuuanu street 

Davis Mrs., rooms to let, 76 Hotel street, 

David, residence 89 Beretania street. 

David, painter, 18 Fort street, residence Bishop's Court 

Deehay Langhorne, purveyor of Queen's Hospital, 7 School street 

Derby C, proprietor of the Hawaiian Theatre, residence 38 Alakea street/ 

Dillingham & Co., importers and retail store, 95 King street ; employs H 
E. Damon, E. C. Damon, JB. Dimond, and B. P. Ober. 

Dimond H., residence 171 Nuuanu street. 

Dredring L., furnished rooms, 41 Maunakea street. 

Dickson, photographer, 61 Fort street 

Dickson, painter, 92 King street. 

Dalton P., saddler, 93 King street. 

Drew C, carpenter, 200 King street 

Dickaon J. G,, ot the firm of Lewen and Dickson, residence ft BcreCeafr 
street 



Digitized by G 



Honolulu Directory* 



hick, boat boy, residence 14 Smith street. 

I>ominis Mrs. Mary, residence 100 Beretania street. 

Dominia J. 0., Governor ot Oahu, residence 100 Beretania street. 

Donnell M. T., cabinet maker, 86 King street. 

Dowsett and Co., dealers in building materials and ship owners, corner of 
Fort and Queen street, residence Kapulumca district ; employs E. Jones* 
and B. Probart. 

Dower G., carpenter, residence 50 School street. 

DoirotfA,, watch maker* at the Catholic Mission, residence 70 School 
street. 

Dole S. B., lawyer, office corner of Fort and Merchant streets, residence 178 

Nuuanu street. 
l>awson J., dealer in lumber, 12 and 14 Fort street. 
Duncan W., ship smith, 17 Foft street, residence 5 Duncans Lane. 
Dudley Dr. D. E., residence 66 Beretanii 
Dunn Mrs. Mary, residence 64 Hotel street 
Duncan J., printer at Black and Aulds, residence 18 Alakea i 
Drug Store, by E. Stretz* corner of Fort and Hotel street. 
Duffins Meat Market, 97 King street 

Duncan James, printer at Black and Aulds, residence Cooks Court. 

* 

J? CHART C, manuiacturer of fine jewlery, 64 Beretania street 

Ehlers and Co., importers and dealers in general merchandise 56 Fort 



Kinma Square, 0 Emma street. 
English Church, 96 Beretania street. 
English Club Room. 19 Union street. 

Emmes Q., ship builder, 1 Queen street; residence 7 Eukui street. 

Everhardt C, carpenter, 24 Liliha street 

Everett E., book keeper at Bartows, residence 122 Fort street. 

Eustice E., residence 14 Private street 

Emma Miss, fruit dealer, 76 Beretania street, 

Eihalan, residence 18 Emma street* 

Emmanuel, residence 26 Emma street. 

Engine Company, No. 1, 57 King street. 

Engine Company, No. 2, 5 Union street. 

Engine Company, No. 4, 90 Nuuanu street 

Empire House, retail liquors, 41 Nuuanu street 

JpLITNER David, Chronometer maker, 7 Kaahumaau street, rc&idcBte 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 

fisher W. f cabinet maker, 68 Hotel street, residence C$ Hotel street, 
Fisher and Rotcb* tailor*, 01 Fort street. 
Foster and Co., shipyard, on Espcnade, 
If ostor T., residence 156 Nuuanu street. 
Fester D., residence 162 Nuuanu street 

Foster 8., at the Honolulu Iron Works, residence 82 Fort street. 

Fomander, Judge of Maui, residence 14 King street 

Furnished Room*, by J. Montgomery,, from t to 18 Bwetanja street.. 

Fort Street Chnrch, 20 Fort street 

Freer, reaidenoe 125 Berefcania stceet, 

Fernandez Restaurant keeper, 48 Beretania street. 

Frankel A.,, lesidenee H*Fort street 

Furnished Rooms, by Bolster 20 Richard atwet 

Fitzgerald^ carpenter, 10} Nuuanu street 

Friel E., a* Mclneray's clothing store, residence 81 Hotel street. 

eg.A.SKIN, accountant, residence 20 Emm* street. 

Gazette, Hawian Government paper; at the Poet Office building. 
Gilley and Co., dealers in dry goods, 17 Nuuanu street. 
Cftlliland R, Union Hotel, residence 1 Gillilands Court. 
GiHilands Court, entrance 180 Nuuanu street 
Gibson R, residence 12 Emma street 
Gipcy P., residence 10 Emma street. 
Gymnasium, 187 Nuuanu street 
German Club Rooms, 33 Emma street 
Govern esa of Hawaii, residence 16 Emma street. 
Goodfellow &, Ice ereain saloon, 78 King street 
Gonselless Manuel, sesidence 21 Mauuakca street 
Gray and Co,, soap works, 18 King street 

Orinbaum and Co., importers of general merchandise, 40 Queen street 
Orcave R^ printer at Government Office, residence 105, Nuuanu street.. 
Green W. L., general agent, 87 Queen street 

Greenwald and Schutte, retail dry goods, store, corner of Fort and Hotel* 
street 

Government Offices, 75 Fort street. 

Green Mrs., boarding house, 7 Adams Lane. 

Gulick "VY., private boarding school, 162 King street 

Gulich C. T., clerk to Minister of the Interior, residence 117. King street 

Glade £ C. v firm of Hackfteld and Co. 

QoodJkin, variety store, 64 Nuuanu street. 



■ 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 



'l-JA.CKTELD sod Co., wholesale importers, SOQue^u street 

Hall B. O. and Son, comer of Zing and Fort streets, residence tH 

Nuuanu street. 

flartwell A. 8. t Judge of the 8upreme Court, at the Court House. . 
Harper Mrs. E. 'P., residence 62 King street. - 1 " 

Harry 1L, paint shop, 68 King street 
Harbor Masters Office, 69 Queen street 
Hawatian Theatre Royel, *8 Hotel street 

Herbert J., clerk.at D. Fosters and Co r , residence 7% School street 

Herring L. M., tailor, 40 Hotel street 

Hall W M grocer, 44 Beretania street. 

Herman Rebe, Father of the Catholic Mission. 

Hichcock, D., inspector of schools, 127 Beretania street *•■ 

Hopper J. A., brass foundry, 104 King street, residence comer of King tad . 

Punchbowl streets. 
Hospital, examining, 139 King street. 
Hospifal American, 81 Punchbowl street 
Hospital Queens, 5 School street 

.Honolulu Engine Company, 5? King street , . 

Honolulu Iron Works, 4 Queen street ; manager, Alexander Young, accoun- 
tant, Tom F. Harley ; James Renton, Joseph Berrill, 8. Mich a, J.. F 
Wilson, H. Bell, Dan Kanuha, John Fuller, William Lomax, Samuel 
Foster, Peter Devlin, Thomas Williams, 8. Knanaana, Thomas Keep, 
George McGregor, John Webster, William Brede, A. McGregor, A. 
Fair, Robert More, George Fredenberg, Felix Jesus, Pickao Hose, John 
Mclnstry, John Wilson, Fred Welch, Antonia NeHson, Kaahuas*, J, 
V. Vernon. <■ , 

* * ■ 

Honolulu Water Works, 21 Queen street 
.Howard G., barber, 4 'Merchant street 
'Hotel Union, retail liquors, 18 Merchant street. 
Hotel (new), 82 Hotel street 

Hotel International, boarding house, 41 Hotel street 

Hotel Canton, boarding house, 46 Hotel street. 

Hotel Royal, retail liquors, 2 Merchant street . 

Hoffmann E., drugist, 15 Merchant street, residence 14f Xnoasm street. 

Hillebrand Dr., residence 152 Nuuanu street 

Hoare J., residence 127 King street 

Heuek T. C, importer of general merchandise, corner of MercfeeM end Kfcy 

street 

Hoiek J., carriage maker, 66 King street 

JfosA* Sailors, 8 Merchant street ■ • . 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory: 

Hotel Empire, retail liquors, 33 Hotel street. 
Holland J., residence 46 Hotel street. 

Hoffschlaeger Ed. and Cov, importers of general merchandise, 19 Merchant 
street. 

Humphrey? W., liquors, 11 Merchant street, 

Hyman Brothers, wholesale importers of general merchandise, 20 Merchant 

street. , 
Horn P., confectioner, 49 Hotel street. 
Hughes W., residence 17 Private' street. 

Hollister and Co., soda fountain, cigars and tobacco, 68 Nuuanu street. 

Hawaiian Engine Company, No. 4, 90 Nuuanu street 

Hayselden Fl, at Clegherns, residence 117 Nuuanu street. 

Hassinger J. A., deputy collector of Customs, residence SI Richard street.' 

Hart J. W., overseer of the clmfe gang, residence 121 King street 

Haywood H., residence 284 Nuuanu street 

Hose House, No. 27 Union Street 

Hook and Ladder Company t No. 15 Union street. 

Humprcya Mrs., furnished rooms, 5 Garden Lane. 

Hutchison F. W., Minister ot the Interior, residence Hutchison Place. 

Harry, fruit store, 4 Nuuanu street 

Hapchong, dry goods store, Nuuanu street 

Hannale Miss, 106 Nuuanu street. 

Haifi, residence 158 Nuuanu street 

Hanale, residence 218 Nuuanu street 

Hunalu, residence 46 Nuuanu street. 

Hap J., residence 19 Alakea street. 

Hannah Miss, residence 39 King street. 

Hakuole, residence K)5 Beretania street. 

Hannah Mrs., residence 56 Merchant street. 

TRWIN W., at Walker and Aliens, residenee 91 Fort strait 

Irwin Mrs., prirate boarding house, 91 Fort Btreet. 
nes J. M., sail maker, at J. M. Oats and Co. 

JONES W. C, Attorney at Law, office 33 Merchant street, residence 0f 
King street r 
Jones G. P., of the firm of Brewer and Co., residence 160 Nuuanu Street. 
Jerome, drayman, residence 118 Beretsina streets. 
Jones J., dealer in Volcanic specimens, 64 Fort street 
Jud* Dr. G. P., 81 Fort street, residence 218 Nwenu •treet. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu DifectofJV 



Jadd C. assessor ot taxes, residence 78 School street. 
JMdd A. P., Attorney at Law, 2§ Port street, residence 
Judd and Layton, tamiiy grocers, 52 Port street. 
Jesus Louis, watchmaker, 80 Fort street 
Johnstone Mrs., 38 A lakes street. 

Johnson, of the firm of McColligan and Johnson, residence 13 Liliha 

ifUNEKAPU, 4 King street. Kahiamoe, 12 King street 

Keoriekapu, 7 King street. Kalawakua, 24 King street 

Kenyon J. P., tailor, 99 King street K a laka, 86 Queen street. 

Kimc Kanahele, 120 King street Xahalehan, 81 

Koanni, 180 Mng street. *aili, H2 Queen , 

Koaniu, 187 King street Kahawalu, 113 Queen street. 

Kapahu, 149 King street. Kaipo, 88 Merchant street 

Kaniela Kaowai, 173 King street Kekuha, 34 Merchant street 

Kapukini, 174 King street. K&hulnhuln, 87 Merchant street 

Kamai, 187 King street. Kanakanui, 38 Merchant street. 

Kalnainanea, 2 Que in street Kuainaanui, 47 Merchant street 

Kanehailua, 14 Queen street Kaulo, 48 Merchant street 

Kalua, 62 Queen street. Kalananui, 49 Merchant street 

Keliikanakaole, 70 Queen street. Kalokai, 63 Merchant street 

Kanikolia, 71 Queen street Kanoa Governor, 62 Merchant street. 

Kaiaino, 80 Queen street Konaobong Zeader, 29 Hotel street. 

Kikoi, 88 Quecfi street. Koalama Lahilahi, 84 Hotel street. 

Kapela, 85 Queen street Keamona, 8 Hotei street 

Kaililau, 3 Beretania street. Kalakaua D., high chief, 9 Punch- 
Kaili, 11 Beretania street. bowl street. 

Keawe D., Beretania street. Kapula, 15 Punchbowl street 

Keliikukalahala, 31 Beretania street Kamuiku, 13 Punchbowl street 

Kalanialii, 46 Beretania street. Kalan, 21 Punchbowl street 

Kaowai* 48 Beretania street Keholomakn, 28 Punchbowl street. 

Keawe, 57 Beretania street. Kauwe, 12 8cheol street 

Kong, 55 Beretania street. Kahaia, 13 Scliool street 

Kekuanui, 57 Beretania street. Keaakolaa, 18 School street 
Kaufceano School, 65 Beretania street Koinona, 24 School street 

Kano, 80 Berettinia street K 0 pena, 80 School street. 

Kaili, 93 Beretania street. Kebelnna School, 84 School street. 

Kamaka, 106 Beretania street. Keoki, 86 School street 

Kukons, 108 Beretania street Kawalu, 69 School street 

Kimo, 109 Beretania street Kaipi, 63 School street^ 

Kaaehowale, 122 Beretania street Kokka, 68 School itreet 



Digitized by Google 



.1 

Honolulu Directory. 



Kttaumoena, 81 School street Kaoa, 151 Nttnenu strcnt 

Ka&Ja, 82 School street Kakaula, 154 Nuuanu street 

Kegan, carpenter, 1 Private street. Kalama, 68 Maunake* street, 

Kennedy Dr„ office 68 Port street. Keawe, 71 Majinakt a street. 

Kamana, 8 Private street. Kalili, 71 Maunakea street 

Kahele, 5 Private street. Kukae, 81 Liliha street. 

JCamaka, 7 Private street. Kaili, 25 liliha street. 

King J., carpenter, 6 Private street. Kamiinu, 88 Liliha street. 

Kokow, dry goods store, 94 ETuuanu Kamcauli, 39 Liliha street. 

street Kalai, 40 Liliha street. 

Koleka, 98 Nuuanu street. gekaua, 41 Liliha street. 

Kaluau, 10J Nuuanu street Kamanowai, 46 Ljliha street 

Keegan T. t carpenter, 101 Nuuanu ^alama L. P., 48 Liliha street 

street. Raukaalo., 64 Liliha street. 

Keegau Mrs., grocer, 103 Jftuuani} Kamaka, 66 Liliha street 

street Kaliko, 67 Liliha street 

Kamaio, 108 Nuuanu street. jginan, 7.5 Liliha street 

Kapiohe, 145 Nuuanu street Kamakeleajiau, 76 Liliha street, 

J^OVE Brothers, bakery 54 Nuuanu street. 

Love W., residence 13 Emma street. 
Love It, residence 113 Nauanu street. 
Lowers and Dickson, lumber dealers, 42 Fort street. 
Long Captain J., superintendant of the water works, residence 149 
street 

Lucus and Wiggins, house 5 carpenter, 82 King street. 
Lyons J. ft, Surveyor, residence 80 Punchbowl street 
Lovely Mjtb., residence 122 Queen street. 
Long C, Honor?, 7 Merchant street residence 80 
Lett R., boot ami ahoe maker, 63 Hotel street. 
Louison M., of the firm of Qrinoaum and Co., residence 142 Port 
Lumax, at the Honolulu Iron Works, residence 81 Fort street. 
Lew era R, .at Lewer's and Dickson's lumber yard, residence corner of Usg 

and Punchbowl streets. 
Lowers C. H., residence 7 %kul street. 
Lewjs J, L,, cooper gauger, 81 King street 
Lewis and Wright, blacksmith, 87 Ring street 
Lemon J. S., Commercial Hotel, residence 105 Nuuanu 
Lunalilo H. H. Prince W. C, residence Palace Walk, 
Livery Stable, Wards, 45 Merchant street 
to«ry Stable, KeUey, 70 Port stmt 



Digitized by GoogI 



"Honolulu Directory, 

{LiTery Stable, Wiiiwuialfl, 84 King street. 
Lewis a L„ at Grjnhaume and Cq. 

AJf ATTOON'C. American Consul, residence 8 Kukui street 

Munchpck, tiny goods store, $4 Nuuanu street. 
Mason Rev. Archdeacon, wcbool and residence Pauoa Valley, 
Manuel and tfoe, 6ry go«ds store,e63 Nuuanu street, 
tfakinncy, residence 123 Nuuanuatreet. 
*laha, residence 268 Nuuanu street. 
£Ianu,» residence 270 Nuuanu street. 
Mary Miss., residence 139 Nuuanu street. 
Manilla Miss., residence 22 Emma street. 

fWay It, importer aud retailer ol groceries, 59 Fort street, residence ,120 

Beretania street. 
Mokee Captain J., residence 79 Beretania street. 
Maka, residence 4 Beretania street. 
Mary Mra, residence 40 
Makole, residence 85 Queen street. 
Manuel J., residence 419 
Mahiahi, residence 55 Merchant street 
Maunawili, bazar of meats, 59 Hotel street. 
Itf area Mrs., reesidence 21 School street. 
Maria, residence 42 School street. 
Maikai, fruit store, & Nuuanu street 
Masonic Lodge, Le'Progrcss French, U5 King street. 
Masonic Lodge, Hawaiian, 40 Qfneen street (third floor.) 
Maria Beckky, rooms to let, 94 Fort street. 
Mahoe, residence 138 Fort street. 
Makaliko, residence 07 Maunakea street. 
McDermot, tin shop, 85 King street,! residence 31 King street. 
McGrew J. 8., K.D., in charge of the U. -8. Hospital, residence 65 Hotel street 
"McKibhin H., M.D,, drugist, 87 Queen street, residence 102 Beretania street. 
Hclnemey M., dry goods, boots and shoes, 32 Merchant street, residence 30 

Beretania street 

Mclntyre H. and Brothers, grocers, comer of Fort and King street, residence 
116 King street 

McConnell G., printer, at the Gorern^ent office, Residence 1 Smma street, 
ilclntyre Captain, pilot, residence 187 Nuuanu street. 
McColligah and Johnson, merchant tailors, 86 Fort street 
-HcDougal Mrs., milliner and dressmaker, 38 Fort street, residence 119 Fort 
street 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 



McGuire J., carpenter, residence 20 Alakea street. 

McDuffE., Captain of the Police, residence comer of King and Alakea 

strrets. 

McGregor, Captain ot the steamer Kilauea, residence 68 Haonakea street. 

McCauley, music teacher, residence 85 Fort street: 

McFarland Mrs., furnished rooms, 80 Hotel street. 

McFarland G. W., at T. H. Danes, residence 80 Hotel street. 

McShane Mrs,, residence 126 Fort street. 

McDonna H,, tailor, 42 Fort street. 

McLean, beker and patent medicines, 58 Nuuanu street. 

McMilne M. f dry goods store, 82 Maunakea street. 

Mellish P. saa Capain. 

Meek Captain J., residence Meek's Court, 56 King street. 

Meek R,, Uvery stable, 51 King street. 

Mill en Mrs., residence 7 Chaplin street. 

Meek J., residence 140 Fort street. 

Mechanic's Engine Company, No. 2 Union street. 

McChong, dealer in dry goods, 33 Nuuanu street. 

Mililani School, 147 King street. 

Mossman T., importers ot crockery ware, corner of King and Nuuanu streets. 
Mossman T., retail grocery store, corner of Fort and Beretania streets. 
Moaaman T., retail grocery store, 26 Nuuanu street. 
Morsis T., boot and shoe shop, 52 Hotel street. 
Moni Kamala, residence 9 Beretania street. 

Montgomery J., Judge of the Police Court, residence 7Emmu street. 
Mossman T., residence 95 Fort street. 

Monsarratt M. C, of the firm of Dowse tt and Co., residence 13-Uuion street. 
Moorehead Mrs., residence 7 Judd street. 

McCollister D. f at C. E. Williams cabinet shop, residence 7 Jndd street. 

Maikai Miss, residence 81 Queen street. 

Moehonua Major, residence 65 Merchant street. 

Maniui Mrs., residence corner of Merchant and Alakea streets. 

Morgan Mrs., residence 113 Beretania street. 

Macy G. W., awa dealer, 12 Queen street, residence Roses Court. 

NOLTE H. I., coffee shop, corner of Queen and Nuuanu street, residence 
39 Alekea street. 
Norton G., cooper, residence 51 King street. 

Neal T., baker and dry goods store, corner of Queen and Richard streets* 
Napoleon, fish merchant, 7 Fish Market, residence 90 Queen street, 
Naohai J., residence 9« Queen street. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 



Xoa D., residence 60 Queen street. 

Xewcomb R., bookbinder, 7 Merchant street, residence 42 Alakea street, 
Neil J., machinist, 40 Fort street 
Neison G., residence 23 Emma street. 

Nott J. and Brother, tinsmiths, 9 Eaahumanu street, residence 4 Eukui 
street, 

Nakia J., residence 52 Bcretania street. ' 
Namau L>, residence 17 School street 
Namukaolaa, residence 19 School street. 
Nalaau P., residence 61 School street 
Naiwi J., residence 218 Nuuanu street 
Nakapalan, residence 286 Ntitianu street 
Nahea Mrs., residence 82 Emma street 
Native Fruit Store, 8 Nuuanu street 
Norris J., carpenter, residence Roses Court. 
Native Scliool, 22 Smith street 
Nuuanu Valley Cementry, 226 Nuuanu street. 

Nichols Dr. C. E., homeopathy physician, corner ot Fort and Merchant 
streets, residence 98 Beretania steeet 

( \AT J. M. and Co., sailmakera, 11 Queen street, residence 81 Hotel street 



Oat J. M., jr., of the firm of Oat and Co., residence 81 Hotel street. 
Obcr B. P., at Dillingham and Co., residence 109 Nuuanu street. 
O'Neil J., residence 135 King street 
Odd Fellows Hall, entrance 52 Fort street 
Osborne, builder, 11 Adams Lane. 
Oopa Mrs., residence 262 Nuuanu street. 
Owens Mrs., residence 9 Chaplin street. 

Oakum, traper and bee hunter, eccentricity ot Honolulu, residence 103 Bere- 
tania street 
Ogden Mrs., residence 140 King street. 

Onchong, retail dry goods store, 24 Nuuanu street. < 
Oleike, residence 83 Nuuanu street 
Opeglea, residence 40 Beretania street ~ 
Osborne, photographer, 46 Fort street. 

T3FLUGER C, of the firm of Hackfield and Co., residence 87 Beretania 

Pfluger F., at Heucks, residence 6 Eukui street. 
Perry J., dry goods store, 43 and 47 Nuuanu street 
Prendergast H., His Majesty's chamberlain, 25 Richard street 




Pratt F. 8., residence 88 Fort street. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 

Pieree H. A., U. 8. minister resident, residence 217 Nuuanu street 
Parke *W. C M Marshal Hawaiian Islands, residence 12 Kukui street. 
Phillips 8. H., attorney general, residence 89 Beretania street. 
Peterson J. B., of the firm ot Brewer and Co., residence 39 King street. 
Peck Mrs., residence corner of Garden Lane and Beretania street. 
Paty J. H., *t Bfohop's Banking house. 

Pjirkei Rev.H. H., pastor Kawaiahao Church, residence 172 King street 

Parker Rev. ff., in dharge of the Reformatory School. 

Pico M. f shipowner, ressidence 44 Nuuanu street. 

Price J. It, residence 12 Pallace Walk, 

Poor Mrs, C. A., residence 47 Port street, 

Ffluger W., lesidence 9 Adams Lane. 

Preston J., Attorney at Law, 10 Kaahumanu street, 

Phillips and Co., importers of dry goods, 11 Kaahumanu street. 

•Phillips W., painter, corner of King and Alakea street, residence;!? Alakea 



QUEEN Emma Dowager, 81, 83, 85 Nuuaun 
Queen Hospital, 5 School street. 
Queen Emma Lodge. Good Templars, 67 King street. 

OAPLEE director of the Government Press, residence 24 Alakea 
X%> street. 

Rawson S. £ M jeweler, 17 Merchant street, residence 3 Garden Lane. 
Reynolds Bev,, residence 35 Beretania street. 

Richardson J., boot and shoe store, corner of Fort and Merchant street, resi- 
dence S Chaplin street. 

R^sely G., butcher, corner of Nuuanu and Hotel streets, residence 8 Private 
street 

Ritson J., importer of wines and spirits, 10 Kaahumanu street. 
Rollins and Mitchel, soap works, 16 King street / 

Rhodes G., liquor dealer, 13 Kaahumanu street, residence 129 Nunann 
etreet 

Roth, tailor, residence 14 Kukui street. 

Royal Hawaiian Theatre, corner of Hotel and Alakea streets. 

Royal Mausoleum Grounds, 131 and 185 Nuuanu street 

Robinson -Mrs. H., residence 3 Adams Lans. 

Rose M. J., wheelright,«9 King street , fT . 

Rose C. H., bookkeeper at Adams Auction Rooms. 

Rogers E., watchmaker, 7 Kaahumanu street. x 

.Royal Hotel, retail liquors, at the corner of Nuuanu and Merchant streets. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory, 



Rathbnrn E., residence at the corner of Beretania and Smith streets. 
Ryan W., boat builder, Robinsons Wharf, residence 121 Queen street. 
Robinson J., residence Robinson's Wharf. 
Ryan W., groceries, 218 Nuuanu street 

Rycroft R,, plumber, 73 Fort street, residence 13 Private street. 
Rycroft li., coffee and billiard saloon, 18 Hotel street 
Ross G. J., clerk at Brewer and Cu., 13 Emma street. 

CRLFE Mrs^ milliner, 05 Ilotcl street. 

Siders G., Bank Exchange, residence 31 Punchbowl street 
Savidge 3., at May's grocery store, residence 3 Emma street. 
Sheldon H. L., residence 40 Emma street. 
Smith's Church, 86 Beretania street. 
Smithies J. &, at Cleghorna, residence 1 Beretania street 
Schacfer and Ccv, importers, corner of Ka&humanu and Merchant street 
Segelkcn F. H., tinsmith, 5 Nuuanu street 
Seal W. R., clerk oi the Court, residence Makiki. 
Shields J. P., saddle and harness maker, 01 King street. 
Stanley R. H., sawyer, 13 Kaahumantt street, residence 60 Hotel street 
Singer A., dry goods store, 43 and 45 Haunakea street. 
Smith J. M, Minuter of Finance, residence Waikiki. 
82abury, dry goods store, 23 Hotel street, residence 188 Nuuanu street. 
Swinton H. S., clerk at the Water Works, residence 124 Beretania street. 
Shaw J., furnished rooms, 32 Smith street. 
Sisters of the Sacred Heart, 2 Garden Lane. 
Sexton Mrs., residence 7 Beretania street. 
Sherman Miss, residence 29 Alakea street. 
8orrenson T., ship builder, residence 31 Alakea street 
Smith Rev. L., residence 220 Nuuanu street. 
Sales H. P., residence 122 Beretania street. 

Stangenwald Dr. H., drug store, corner of Fort and Beretania streets, resi- 
dence 157 Nuuanu street 
Sterling R., Superintendant of Public Works, residence, 73 Queen street. 
Smith D., Deputy Harbor Master, residence Waikiki. 
Stillman H. W., at Bishops banking house. 
8 pitman D., residence 123 Queen street 
Stahl Mrs^ grocer, 29 Merchant street. 
Smith O. C, Indian doctor, 77 Queen street. 
Stretz E M drugist, corner of Fort and Hotel streets, residence Kalihi. 
Steward Mrs., residence 38 Alakea street. 
Sisters School, 83 Fort street 



Digitized by Google 



HbnaiUlh Directory:, 



Spaulding G. H., d-y goods store, 97 Xuuanu street. 

Stables Livery, C. P. Wards, 45 Mcrchaut street.. 

Stables Livery, Kelley, 76 Fort street. , , 

Saincka, grocer,. 2 King street. 

Snell, carpenter at Torberts, residence 188 King street.. 
Steward D., at Addcrleys shop, residence 155 Xuuanu street. 
Steward J., at Weights Blacksmith shop.. 

Smith Captain, ice manufacturer, 8 Esplanade, residence 123Nuuanu street 
Smith W. J.^Seorctaryot the Board of Education, residence 103 Beretania 

street. 

Smith H., painter; residence Canton Boarding House. 

Smith A. L., at Dillingham and Co., residence 103 Nuuauu street.. 

Smith A. C, residence lOSBcrrtania street. 

Schmidt H., at Hackficld'and Co., residence Rauoa Valley. 

Spencer C, at L. L. Torbetts, residence 44 Alakea street. 

Smith H., printer, at Black and Aulds. < 

Smith Mrs., residence 75.Hotel street. 

'JANNATT T, jeweler and siker smith, 55 Fort street, .residenoe 126 Kipg- 
street. 

Tailor D.,. residence 8 Judd street. 

Thrum Mrs., boarding house, 29. King street. •. 
Thrum T M carpenter, residence 29 King street 

Thrum J. F.,. printer, at the Government office, residence 79 Fort. street.. 
Thrum T. G., news dealer, 19 Merchant street,. residence 8 Union street. 
True D. P., ship carpenter, residence 21Liliha street 
Thompson J. H., shipsmith. lO.Queen street, residence 117 Kjqg street. 
Tibbetts and Sorrenson, ship builders, 14 Queen street. 
Tibbetts J.,, of the firm ot Tibbetts and Sorrenson,. residence 15 Private, 
street. 

Thomson J% bar tier, 44 Hotel street. 

Thomas Manuel, residence.18 Smithistreet. 

* Torbert L. L,, furniture ware rooms, 20 Fort street.. 

Turner C., catpentcr, residence 102 Nuuanu street*. 

Tell W., printer, at the Government office. 

T TOTTED States Consulate, 88 Queen street. 

Union House, retail liquors, 18 Merchant street, • 

"170SS H., upholsterer, 5 Merchant street,, residence comer of Judd. and* 
and; Liliha. streets,. 



Digitized by Googl 



Honolulu Directory;, 

■ » i 

Vmbcrgan,. warder at Queen's Hospital. . . 

Vernon J. V., residence 111 Nuuanu street 
Vonholt Mrs., residence School street. 
Vonpfister Mrs., residence 182 Nuuanu street. 

Yy'ATERBOTJSE, Js. T., wholesale importer and dealer in general mer- 
chandise, 24 Queen street, 57, Fort street,, residence 172 Nuuanur 

street. 

Waterhouse H., residence 87 School street. 

Woodhouse Major, British Consul, office 46 Queen street, residence 210 
Nuuanu street. 

"Walker and Allen, commission merchants, 43 Queen street. < 
Walker J. S., of the firm of Walker and Allen, residence 237. Nuuanu,streer. 
Ward C. P., custom house store keeper, residence 64 Queen street. 
Wakeman R. E., carpenter, rcsidencs 38 Liliha street 
Warren Mrs., grocer, 199 Nuuanu street 
Weik Mrs., grocer, 135 Nuuanu street 
Wilder S. G., residence 18 Judd street. 
Waterhouse W. H., residence 170 Nuuanu street 
West Captaim J., residence 26 Liliha street. 

Woolsey G. W., of the firmiof Oat and Co., sailmaker, residence Waikiki. 
Woodard Mrs. II., residence 26 Alakea street. $ 
Williams C:. A M fur dealer, 82 Queen street,, residence 241 Nuuanu srreet. 
Williams G., shipping master, office 1 Robertson's wharf, residence 142 
Nuuanu: street. 

Williams C. E., furniture dealer, 62*Fort stneet, residence 202 KJng street 
Wilson J., residence 116 Nuuanu street. 
Wideman H., A.,. Associate Justice, 61 Queen street 
Wright W., blacksmith-, 89 King street, residence- lj Garden Lane. 
Widdifield J., importer of hardware, 54 fort* street, residence 9 Kukui 
street. 

Weed F. M.,. dealer in general merchandise, corner of Nnu#nu and Merchant 

streets, residence 5 Adams Lane. 
Wood Pinehasa, residence 10 Liliha street. 

Wicke J. H., cabinet maker, 30 Alakea street residence 3* Alakea street. 
Whiton J., at Rycroft* Billiard Saloon. 

Whitney H. M., dealer in periodicals and stationary,. 14^ Merchant ttreet,. 

residence 73 School street. 
Weight W., blacksmith, 68 King street. 
Walsh J., sailor, residence 29 Alakea street, 
WU.Uams W., Lighthouse:keeper. 



Digitized by Google 



Honolulu Directory. 

Wallace W. H., Honolulu Skating Rink, residence 1 Roses Court. 
Waller G., butcher, 97 King street, residence 29 King street. 
Weaver, billiard saloon, over the Royal Hotel, corner ot Kuuanu and Mer- 
chant streets. ; . 
Week J. f boot maker, 48 Hotel street 
Wood J. H., plantation, 300 Nuuanu street. 

Wood O, R., residence corner ol Palace Walk and Punchbowl street. 
Williams G, C, book keeper at Lowers and Dickson. 
Wood J. G., lite insurance agent. 

Whitney Dr. J. M., dentist, over Dr. Hoffinans, Merchant street, residency 
Punahou. 

VOUNG L. C, clerk at Walker and Aliens, residence Roses 1 Court. 
*** Young A., at the Honolulu Iron Works. 



Digitized by Google 



TRADERS AND PLANTERS 

OH THB 

OTHER ISLANDS. 

u J mm ■ i 

Campbell and Turton, traders and planters, Lahama, Maul. 
Colonel C. Z. Spauldmg and Co. , traders and planters, Labaina. 
Mossman and Co., traders, Wallokn. 
T. Lyons, trader, Hana, East Maul. 

James Makee, trader and planter, Onlapalnkua, West Maui; 

H. Cornwell, trader and^lanter, Walkapu. 

T. H. Mobron, planter and trader, Makawao.'. 

J. N. Right and Co., trader, Koloa, Kauia* 

Joseph Spencer, trader, Kau, Hawaii. 

Thomas Spencer, trader and planter, Hllo, Hawaii. 

PLANTATIONS. 



CASTLE AND, COOK, 

AGENTS. TONS 

Kohala Plantation, Hawaii 900 

Ononli, do. do 40 

Haikn, Manl 650 

Hawaiian, do 250 

Union Mills, do 200 

Haleakala, do 800 

Waialna 50 

Waipaa 80 

■ 

W ALKER AND ALLEN,. 

TOJfS. 

Prlncevllle plantation, Kauai 700 

Onomca plantation, Hawaii , . .950' 

Naalihu plantation, Kau, Hawaii , . 



New Appointment. 

* Severance, has been appointed Postmaster at Hilo.. 



Digitized by Google 



... 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 




CALIFORNIA]*, NEW ZEAEA1VJ> 

AUSTRALIAN MAIL LIKE 

— OF— 

STE A M PACK E T S. 

Composed of the following A 1 Iron Screw Steamships— 

WOISTGA. ¥ONGA 5 

STEWART^Mastbb, 

CITY OF MELBOURNE, 

GRAINGER, Master, 

CITY OF ADELAIDE, 

MOORE, Master. 

One ot the above Steamers will leave Honolulu for San Francisco, 

Fijis and Sydney, 

EVERY FOUR WEEKS. 

Freight or Passage, apply to 

W . L . GREEN, 

*aKHT ( Honol»l«. 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 



G. SEGELKEN & CO., 
TIN, COPPER, ZINC & SHEET IRON WORKERS, 



No. 5, Nuuanu Street, 



Hare constantly 



on 

STOVES, LEAD 
PIPES, GALV. 

IBON PIPES, 
PLAIN <fc HOSE 

BIBBS, STOP 




GOOES, INDIA 

RUBBER 
HOSE— beat 3- 
ply in lengths of 
25 and 50 feet, 
with Coupling & 
Pipe complete. 



A rerj large assortment if TINWARE ef every description 

HT Ordera from the other Ialandg will be carefully attended to. 

AFONG & ACHUCK, 

No. IS, Nttuanu Street, 



-IN— 



CHINA. GOODS. 



Far Sale, a Ml assortment #f 

Silks, Oram Cloth, Prima Goods, Silk Handkerchiefs, Grape 
Shawls, Ivory and Sandal-wood Ware, Fans of Feather, and 
other Materials, Lacquered Ware, Contract Matting, and 
usual Stock of China Ware. 

- - —ALSO— 

AGENTS FOB THE KAUPAKUBA SUGAR PLANTATION. 



Digitized by 



ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 



R. WHITMAN & CO. 

MANUFACTURERS AND DEALERS 



'/Jr. 



SADDLERY,^ CARRIAGE 
HARDWARE, ^ m ^ TRIMINGS. 

BB8T BRANDS OP 

SHOE, ,. , , 

* HABITESS AUD 

CARRIAGE LEATHEKS. 

SIGN OP THE "HOR8B." 
ifro. 88, King Street. Honolulu, H. 1. 

HOLLISTER & CO., 

IffOt J^ouftn^i street^ 

IMPOETEBS OF 

TOBACCO AND CIGARS- 

• ■ * 

— ALSO— 

oi Soda Water Ac other 
Aeriated Waters. 



Sirup of any kind made to order, of the best 

materials. 



A laree assortment of CORKS constantly on band 



Digitized by Google 



A D YEMT18IKQ DEPARTMENT. 



JOHN WEILL, 
MACHINIST, 10CK, AND GUN SMITH. 




REPAIRS ALL KINDS. OP SEWING MACHINES. 
DEALER IN SEWING MACHINES AND MATERIALS, AND 

SPORTING GOODS. 

No. 40 Fort Street. Honolulu, H ,1. 

r. M. WEE D, 



—AND — 

GENERAL OU rFITTING STORE, 

Corner of Nuuanu and Merchant Streets. 

A. S. CLEGHORN, 

Importer and Wholesale and Retail 

Dealer in 

Gt ENER A L ME RCHANDISE, 

Corner of Queen and Kaahumanu Streets, 

No. $1, Nuuanu Street, and corner of Fort and Hotel Streets. 

. ■ , ■ i • n ■ , 1 — »■ » !»•■ 

JOHN K I T S O N, 

DEALER IN 



— AND— 



R O R T E R . 

No. tO, Kaabumanu 8treet, Honolulu, H. I. 
< f, u "/ i i — 1 1 1 i i -i i .'. i 1 ' i ni i um hhu i mm i . > 

JAMES S. LEMON, 

DEALER IN ALES, WINES, LIQUORS AND CIGARS, 



Digitized by GooqU 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 



CHRIS, ECHART, 

«T E TV E Ij K Ifc , 

No. G4, Beretania Street, 

MANUFACTURER AND IMPORTER 

— OF— 

FINE JEWELRY, GOLD & SILVERWARE, DIAMONDS, 

WATCHES, &c, &c. 

S. K. R A W S O UST , 

WATCHMAKER, 

No. 17, Merchant Street. 
AGENT. 

Watches of every description correctly Bepaired & Warranted, 

J. W. WIDDIFIELD, 

No. 54, Fort Street, 

IMPORTER Ac DEALER 

-IN— 

HABDWABE, 

AGBICULTUBAL IMPLEMENTS, 
OABPENTEBS TOOLS, 

GABBIACrE MATEBIALS, of all sorts, 

Fish Nets, Lines, 

Hooks and Seine Twines, 

Brushes, 

ALL KINDS OF 

PAINTS -AJSTD OILS, 

which will be sold to suit the Times. 



Digitized by Google 



r 



"1 



HONOL UL U DIRECTORY. 

T. MOSSMAN & SONS, 

IMPORTERS Ac DEALERS 

— IN- 
GLASS WAREy PORCELAIN, CROCKERYWARE, 

STONEWARE, 

SILVEE-PLATED WARE 

BRITANNIA WARE, ; 

TABLE OTJTLEKY, 
Kerosene Lamps, Chandeliers, and Oil* 

FOR SALE, 

Wholesale and Retail at the 
FIRE PROOF STORE, CORNER OF KING AND NtJUANNU STS. 

THEOD. C. HEUCK, 

(Consolate of the North German Confederation.) 

Importer and Commission Merchant* 

Stone Building, corner of Fort and Merchant Streets, 

Dealer in Every Description of Merchandise, 

IMPORTED DIRECTLY FROM 
EUROPE AN1> THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 

— ALSO— 

TRADER IN ALL RINDS OF ISLAND PRODUCE* 

Agent for the Sale of the Produce of 

His Majesty's Molokai Ranch ; R. W. Meyer's Farm on Molokai ; C. Bertie- 
mann's well-known Superior Mess Beef ; The Waipa Plantation i Hanalei , 
Kauai ; The Honoipu Plantation, Kobala, Hawaii. 

Agent for the Rhinish Westphalia Lloyd, Etc., Etc* 



Digitized by Google 



ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 

■ ■ "j 

BOLLES & CO., 
ship chandlebs and commission mebchants, _ 

Importers and Dealers in 

^Gr eneral ML crchandise, 

No. 34, Queen Street, Honolulu, Oahu, H. 1. 
Agent for the Kaunakai, Moanalua and Kakaako Salt Works. 



BT 

Mestira. Williams & Haven, New London, Ct. I Messrs. Swift <fe Allen, New Bedford- 
Metiers. J. C. Merrill & Co. 8an Francisco j Mr. C. A. Williams Honolulu- 

Messrs. H. Hacklicld A Co Honolulu. 

— — .—.-MM. ,, 

MRS. M'DOUGALL, 

No. 38, Fort Street, 

I> R 1: S S M^KII^O 

-AND- 

FURNISHING STORE. 



Mrs. M DOUGALL would respectfully call the attrition of Ladies to he* 
• very superior facilities for 

Fir&t-Class I>re»s Making 

Jn all its Departments. All work promptly executed, and at reasonable price*. 

Mourning, Wedding, Travelling, and other Transient Work done promptly and at 

very Short Notice. 

AND A GREAT ViBIBTT O? 

PLAIN AND FANCY DRESS GOODS. 

PHOTOGRAPHS 

TAKEN IN THE BEST STYLE OF THE ARTj 

ALSO, FOB SALE, 

Views of ( raters, Hawaiian Scenery, Portraits of the Kings* 

QUEENS, and otheb NOTABLE PERSONS. 

H. 1^. CHASE, 64 Fort Street 



Digitized by Google 



AD VERTIS1XG DEPART ME ST. 



M. BENFIELD, 

'"Waggon ^^^l^^^Cai'i'ifxg'O' 
.and r ^^flg||||ffi Builder, 

No. 74 and 76, King street, Honolulu, H. I. 

S . B . DOLE, 

ATTORNEY LAW. 

OFFICE OVER RICHARDSON'S STORE, 

C omer of. Fort and Merchant Streets, Honolulu, H. I. 

C. BREWER & CO., 
GENERAL.. SHIPPING 

—AND - 

COMMISSION MERCHANTS. 

Honolulu, H. 1. 

IRA RICHARDSON, 

IMPORTER & DEALER IN BOOTS & SHOES, 

FINE CLOTHING, FURNISHING GOODS, 
PERFUMERY, &c, 
Comer of Fort and Merchant Street, ' Honolulu, H. I. 



CH ALL A MEL & CO., 

IMPORTERS AND DEALERS IN 

French Ac American Wines & Spirits 

English and German Ales and Porter, 

No* 8, Nuuaau Street, Honolulu, II. L 



Digitized by 



AD VER TIS1N0 DEPAR TMENT. 

E. H. BOYD'S, 

BAZAR OF MEATS OF ALL KINDS 

—AND— 

FAMILY MAMCET ! 

No. 59, Hotel Street, Honolulu. 

MEATS DELIV ERED ! 

FISH, WILD GAME, FOWLS, TURKEYS, & VEGETABLES 

Ot all Kinds, etc, etc., Furnished to Order. 

CALL AND EXAMINE FOR YOURSELVES, AT No. 59. 
N.B. Everythiug served in this Establishment, Warranted. 

H, J. NOLTE, 

COFFEE AND BILLIARD SALOON, 

DEALER IN ALL KINDS OP 

T0BA0C0, OIGAES, AND PIPES, 

Corner of Nuuanu and Queen Streets. 

GOO KIM, 

General Variety Store 

—AND — 

CABINET SHOP, 

No. 64, Nuuanu Street, 

Where all Customers will be supplied Cheap, and on the Shortest Notice, 

tor Cash. 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY, 



C. E. WILLIAMS, 

Importer, manufacturer. Upholder, 

—AND— . 

DEALEK IN ALL KINDS OF FUROTTUEE, 

BEDDING, FEATHER, 
Spring £■ Hair, Pulu, 

Matresses ' J^^^ Hay & Woo! 

and l^^^^^^f^mi Matresses 
SpringBeds|^^^^^*|i^^^and Pillows, 

FURNITURE WARE ROOMS, No. 62, Fort street, WORKSHOP at the 

Old Stand, No. 53 Hotel stre et 

The Largest Best and Cheapest Establishment in the 

Hingdom, 

Agent tor the New WEE D SEWING MA CHINES, the Newest and Best 
COTTAGE AND SQUARE PIANOES, of the best Makers in America 



PLEASE CALL AND EXAMINE OUR STOCK, 

W. C. JONES, 



Will practice in all the Courts of the Kingdom. 
No. 33, Merchant Street, Honolnlu, H, L 

EDWARD PRESTON, 

No, 10, Kaahumanu Streets, 

ATTORNEB AND COUNSELOR 

AT LAW. 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 



A. W. PEIRCE, L B. PETERSON 

A. W. PEIRCE & CO., 

SUCCESSOR TO C. L. RICHARDS & CO., • 

SHIP CHANDUERS 

— AND — 

COMMISSION MERCHANTS, 

Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. 



AGENTS 

PUULOA SALT WOBKB, 

BRAND'S BOMB LANCES, 
PERRY DAVIS' PAIN-KILLER. 

R LOVE & BROTHERS, 

AM BAKERY, 

No. 58, Nuuanu Street. 



STEAMERS AND OTHER SHIPPING SUPPLIED ON 
THE SHORTEST NOTICE. 

♦ • 

Fresh Bread Every Day I 

TANDY BREAD, CRACKERS and BISCUITS 

Constantly on Hand 



Digitized by Google 



1 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY. 

F. A. SCHAEFER & CO., 

Importers and Commission merchants,. 

Stone Store Corner of Merchant and Kaahumanu Sts. 

Agents for the Hamburg-Bremen Fire Insurance 

Company, 

Honolulu Hawaiian Islands 

- , _- - -, n_ • 

F. A. SCAEER Ac Co., 

AGENT FOR THE BREMAN BOARD OF UNDERWRITERS, 
AGENT FOR THE VIENNA BOARD OF UNDERWRITERS, 
AGENT FOR THE DRESDEN BOARD OF UNDERWRITERS. 

T. A. LLOYD, 

No. 76, Fort Street, Opposite the Government Buildings, 

GROCERY, BAKERY, 

— AND- 

FEED STOEE. 
ISLAND PRODUCE BOUGHT AND SOLD. 

Orders from the other Islands Promptly Attended to, 

AGENT FOR 
Lyon's Celebrated Compound and Linament, for the cure of Debilitated 

Constitutions. 



Digitized by Google 



AD VF.RTISIXG DEPARTMENT. 



-y7"w ~Y^t ■^7 M f ^ 7 jgj 

BAZAR OF MEATS OF ALL KINDS 

AND.!.... 

FAMILY MARKET! 

No. 59 Hotel Street, Honolulu. 
. 

MEATS DELIVEEED. 
Fish, Wild Game, Fowls, Turkeys, and Vegetables 

Of all Kinds, etc., etc., Furnished to Order. 

CALL AND EXAMINE FOR YOURSELVES, AT NO. 59. 
N. B. Everything served in this Establishment, Warranted. 

H. E. MclNTYRE & BRO. 

GROCERS cfc BAKERS, 

Corner Fort and Kin" Streets. 



Fresh Supplies Received by Every Steamer. 



FAMILY GROCERIES CONSTANTLY ON HAND. 

New Bread and Fresh Ground Coffee 

EVERY DAY. 



GOODS DELIVERED AT ANY PART OF THE CITY, 

FREE OF CHARGE. 



1 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY 



NORTH PACIFIC TRANSPORTATION CO. 



m • 



San Francisco and Honolulu Line. 

The Company's A 1 



ST 




AMSH1P i!4§t@ 

WILL RUN REGULARLY 

Between Honolulu and San Francisco. 

Liberal Advances Made on all Shipments per Steamer. 

Cargo for San Francisco will be received at the Steamer's Warehouse, and re- 
ceipts for the same given by the undersigned. No charge for Storage or Cartage. 
Fire risks In Warehouse not taken by the Company. 

Insurance guaranteed at Lower Kates than by sailing vessels. Particular care 
en ot Shipments of Fruit. 

All Orders for Goods to be purchased in San Francisco, will be received and 
filled by return of Steamer. 

Shipments from Europe and the United States, intended for these Islands, will 
he received by the Company in San Francisco, if consigned to them, and be for- 
warded by their 8teamers to Honolulu, FREE OF CHARGE, except actual outlay. 

Passengers are requested to take their Tickets before 12 o'clock on the day of 
sailing and to procure their Passports. 

All bills against the Steamer must be presented before two o'clock on the day 
of sailing, or they will have to lay over tin the return of the Steamer for settlement. 

H. HACK F ELD & Co., Agents. 

SAlT FRANCISCO BOARD OF UNDERWRITERS. 

* » ™ 

The Undersigned having been appointed Agents for the San Francisco Board of 

Underwriters, comprising the 

Cal. Insurance Company, Merchants' Mutual Marine Insurance Co., 

Pacific Insurance Co., Cal, Lloyd's, and Home Insurance Co., 

Beg leave to Inform Masters of Vessels and the public gcoerally, that all losses of Ves- 
sels and Cargoes, insured by either of the above Companies, against perils of tbcSeua 
and other riskB, at or near the Sandwich Islands will have to be verified by them. 

H. HACKFELD A Co. 



Digitized by Google 



* 



ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. 



THEO. H. DAVIES, 

(Late Janion, Green & Co.) 

irn 11 CHI MERCHANT. 



AGENT FOR 



Lloyds' and the Liverpool Underwriters. 

Northern Assurance Company, and 

British & Foreign Marine Insurance Company. 



Fire Proof Buildings, 5 Kaahumanu and 40 Queen Streets. 

J. S. WALKER. 8. C. ALLEN. 

WALKER & ALLEN, 

SKIPPING COMMISSION MERCHANTS 

and— .: 

PLANTATION AGENTS. 



ALSO, AGENTS 

Or the Hawaiian Packet Line. 

Or the California and Oregon Packets. 

Merchants* 91. 91. Insurance Co., or San Francisco. 

Imperial Fire Insurance or London. 

United States Life Insurance Company or N ew Tork. 

No. 43 QUEEN STREET, HONOLULU. H. I. 



Google 



r 



xxii HONOLULU DIRECTORY 

STOVE AND TIN SHOP. 




OF ANY DESCRIPTION. 

GO TO 

CEO. C. 8IDERS, No. 28 NUUANU ST. 

And You will have an Opportunity of Obtaining Just 

the Article at the 

Lowest 3Vtarls.ot Plates 2 

PARTICULAR ATTENTION GIVEN TO 

SHIP WORK AND 

Thankful to the 

Citizens of Honolulu and the Islands Generally, 

For their Liberal Patronage in the Past, I hope by 
Strict Attention to Business to Merit the 
Same for the Future. 

Orders from the Other Islands 

Will Be . \ 

CAREFULLY ATTENDED TO. 

Digitped by Google 




ADVERTISING DEPARTMENT. «U 

L. K TOEKERT, 
CONTRACTOR, CIVIL ENGINEER, 

ARCHITECT AND BUILDER. 
16, 18 and 20 Port Street, on Esplanade 

ST£3AM SAW-MIL.L.. 

PLANING, TURNING & SAWING, 

SURFACE PliANING-. 
Boards and Plank re-cut to any required thickness and planed; 
Heavy and Light Turning — columns, windlass- 
bedsteads, etc. 

Patterns of Molding made to Order at Lowest Rates. 

BUILDING IN ALL ITS BRANCHES 

(In Brick, Stone, Concrete, or Wood.) 

Composition and Gravel Roofs, Slate and Shingle Roofs, Orders 
for Every Kind of Carpenter work promptly executed. 

»- All Work and Material Warranted of the Best Kind. 

Building Materials of Every Kind Constantly on Hand. 

PAINTS, Oils, and Varnishes. GLASS-Pictoiw, Window, and 
Mirror Glass; Poushjed Plate Glass, WALL-PAPER — choice 
patterns at low prices. DOORS AND BLINDS made to order at 
shortest notice. 

flQTOE AND SHIP PAINTING— by superior workmen with 
best materials. 

All orders attended to personally by Mr. Tobbkbt, and 
every effort made to give satisfaction. _ f 

i 

i 



Digitized by Google 



HONOLULU DIRECTORY 



C. G BENNETT, 

nrmi k roni of n owi: 

PUBLISHER OP SKETCHES OF . . , 

• * t* • ■ - * 

HAWAIIAN HISTORY 

. ■ • -^AND— 

HONOLULU DIRECTORY 

STATIONERY, AMERICAN, ENGLISH AND EUROPEAN 

; books, ' »;••:-. 

Newspapers from all parts of the World, Solid 

■ • 

and light Literature. 

Orders Eefceived and Promptly Filled on the most 
reasonable terms, when accompanied with 
Cash* The very latest News received 
by every arrival from the Coast. 

Your Trade Solicited. 

•'VN^IVVVVVVVWVWVVVW 

44 Fort Street, Honolulu. 



Digitized 



1 



Digitized by Google 




Digitized by Google 



Digitized by Google 




Digitized by Google 



w/irn? vrin> T roo ADV 

Harvard College, Cambridge, MA 02138: (617) 495-2413 


If the item is recalled, the borrower will be notified of 
the need for an earlier return. (Non-receipt of overdue 
notices does not exempt the borrower from overdue fines.) 




> BOOK QUI / / 















Thank you for helping us to preserve our collection! 





— — — XZ 



III \ VOI IC HOO iS AT BENNETT'S. 

.y u u 



Do You want a First (Mass Newspaper? 



- 

r. 
f 



Do \ r <ju wish for all the Ln-est News'? 

Take B e nn e t 1 9 s O w a 



Do You Wisli to Know the Latest Prices in Foreign Markets 



Do Von wish to cultivate the niin«1 A: learn wis«Iom from Nature? 

Take Dennett's Own, 

Do V< !. Wish to I.antjh ami Gn>w Pnt? 



T a k i" i $ e n netl \s Own 



Do Von Wish to Prosper in Business? 

Adrcvtior in ^enhetfs Ctticn. 



5 
- 



Do AV.,iit to K iow the Present Prices of Ishui«l Produce? 

T r< k e Bennett's Own. 



3 

R 



V 



J. 

J* 



: Bennatt's Cwn is an Independent Frmily Newspaper, 

EVERY '1 UESDAY MORNING, 
At M Fori Si rcct,, Honolulu, 1 1. I. 

' N i .1. : i v v i ti i % si i % ov 91 ioi % i ii